blob: ae89bd9f10fa677c10daf7edffe8f0fd5b612e18 [file] [log] [blame]
Eisuke Kawashimaf35bd762025-04-15 19:20:06 +02001*syntax.txt* For Vim version 9.1. Last change: 2025 Apr 15
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002
3
4 VIM REFERENCE MANUAL by Bram Moolenaar
5
6
7Syntax highlighting *syntax* *syntax-highlighting* *coloring*
8
9Syntax highlighting enables Vim to show parts of the text in another font or
10color. Those parts can be specific keywords or text matching a pattern. Vim
11doesn't parse the whole file (to keep it fast), so the highlighting has its
12limitations. Lexical highlighting might be a better name, but since everybody
13calls it syntax highlighting we'll stick with that.
14
15Vim supports syntax highlighting on all terminals. But since most ordinary
16terminals have very limited highlighting possibilities, it works best in the
17GUI version, gvim.
18
19In the User Manual:
20|usr_06.txt| introduces syntax highlighting.
21|usr_44.txt| introduces writing a syntax file.
22
231. Quick start |:syn-qstart|
242. Syntax files |:syn-files|
253. Syntax loading procedure |syntax-loading|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100264. Converting to HTML |2html.vim|
275. Syntax file remarks |:syn-file-remarks|
286. Defining a syntax |:syn-define|
297. :syntax arguments |:syn-arguments|
308. Syntax patterns |:syn-pattern|
319. Syntax clusters |:syn-cluster|
Bram Moolenaarc8c88492018-12-27 23:59:26 +01003210. Including syntax files |:syn-include|
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003311. Synchronizing |:syn-sync|
3412. Listing syntax items |:syntax|
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01003513. Colorschemes |color-schemes|
3614. Highlight command |:highlight|
3715. Linking groups |:highlight-link|
3816. Cleaning up |:syn-clear|
3917. Highlighting tags |tag-highlight|
4018. Window-local syntax |:ownsyntax|
4119. Color xterms |xterm-color|
4220. When syntax is slow |:syntime|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000043
44{Vi does not have any of these commands}
45
46Syntax highlighting is not available when the |+syntax| feature has been
47disabled at compile time.
48
49==============================================================================
501. Quick start *:syn-qstart*
51
52 *:syn-enable* *:syntax-enable*
53This command switches on syntax highlighting: >
54
55 :syntax enable
56
57What this command actually does is to execute the command >
58 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
59
60If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
61the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|). Usually this works just
62fine. If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
63directory where the Vim stuff is located. For example, if your syntax files
Bram Moolenaar8024f932020-01-14 19:29:13 +010064are in the "/usr/vim/vim82/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
65"/usr/vim/vim82". You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +010066This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
67will start soon. See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000068
69 *:syn-on* *:syntax-on*
Bram Moolenaar4072ba52020-12-23 13:56:35 +010070The `:syntax enable` command will keep most of your current color settings.
71This allows using `:highlight` commands to set your preferred colors before or
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000072after using this command. If you want Vim to overrule your settings with the
73defaults, use: >
74 :syntax on
75<
76 *:hi-normal* *:highlight-normal*
77If you are running in the GUI, you can get white text on a black background
78with: >
79 :highlight Normal guibg=Black guifg=White
80For a color terminal see |:hi-normal-cterm|.
81For setting up your own colors syntax highlighting see |syncolor|.
82
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010083NOTE: The syntax files on MS-Windows have lines that end in <CR><NL>.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000084The files for Unix end in <NL>. This means you should use the right type of
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +010085file for your system. Although on MS-Windows the right format is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000086automatically selected if the 'fileformats' option is not empty.
87
88NOTE: When using reverse video ("gvim -fg white -bg black"), the default value
89of 'background' will not be set until the GUI window is opened, which is after
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000090reading the |gvimrc|. This will cause the wrong default highlighting to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000091used. To set the default value of 'background' before switching on
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000092highlighting, include the ":gui" command in the |gvimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000093
94 :gui " open window and set default for 'background'
95 :syntax on " start highlighting, use 'background' to set colors
96
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +000097NOTE: Using ":gui" in the |gvimrc| means that "gvim -f" won't start in the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +000098foreground! Use ":gui -f" then.
99
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200100 *g:syntax_on*
101You can toggle the syntax on/off with this command: >
102 :if exists("g:syntax_on") | syntax off | else | syntax enable | endif
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000103
104To put this into a mapping, you can use: >
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +0200105 :map <F7> :if exists("g:syntax_on") <Bar>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000106 \ syntax off <Bar>
107 \ else <Bar>
108 \ syntax enable <Bar>
109 \ endif <CR>
110[using the |<>| notation, type this literally]
111
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000112Details:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000113The ":syntax" commands are implemented by sourcing a file. To see exactly how
114this works, look in the file:
115 command file ~
116 :syntax enable $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
117 :syntax on $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
118 :syntax manual $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/manual.vim
119 :syntax off $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
120Also see |syntax-loading|.
121
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100122NOTE: If displaying long lines is slow and switching off syntax highlighting
123makes it fast, consider setting the 'synmaxcol' option to a lower value.
124
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000125==============================================================================
1262. Syntax files *:syn-files*
127
128The syntax and highlighting commands for one language are normally stored in
129a syntax file. The name convention is: "{name}.vim". Where {name} is the
130name of the language, or an abbreviation (to fit the name in 8.3 characters,
131a requirement in case the file is used on a DOS filesystem).
132Examples:
133 c.vim perl.vim java.vim html.vim
134 cpp.vim sh.vim csh.vim
135
136The syntax file can contain any Ex commands, just like a vimrc file. But
137the idea is that only commands for a specific language are included. When a
138language is a superset of another language, it may include the other one,
139for example, the cpp.vim file could include the c.vim file: >
140 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/c.vim
141
142The .vim files are normally loaded with an autocommand. For example: >
143 :au Syntax c runtime! syntax/c.vim
144 :au Syntax cpp runtime! syntax/cpp.vim
145These commands are normally in the file $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/synload.vim.
146
147
148MAKING YOUR OWN SYNTAX FILES *mysyntaxfile*
149
150When you create your own syntax files, and you want to have Vim use these
151automatically with ":syntax enable", do this:
152
1531. Create your user runtime directory. You would normally use the first item
154 of the 'runtimepath' option. Example for Unix: >
155 mkdir ~/.vim
156
1572. Create a directory in there called "syntax". For Unix: >
158 mkdir ~/.vim/syntax
159
1603. Write the Vim syntax file. Or download one from the internet. Then write
161 it in your syntax directory. For example, for the "mine" syntax: >
162 :w ~/.vim/syntax/mine.vim
163
164Now you can start using your syntax file manually: >
165 :set syntax=mine
166You don't have to exit Vim to use this.
167
168If you also want Vim to detect the type of file, see |new-filetype|.
169
170If you are setting up a system with many users and you don't want each user
171to add the same syntax file, you can use another directory from 'runtimepath'.
172
173
174ADDING TO AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-add*
175
176If you are mostly satisfied with an existing syntax file, but would like to
177add a few items or change the highlighting, follow these steps:
178
1791. Create your user directory from 'runtimepath', see above.
180
1812. Create a directory in there called "after/syntax". For Unix: >
Ughur Alakbarov7c8bbc62024-08-31 16:12:39 +0200182 mkdir -p ~/.vim/after/syntax
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000183
1843. Write a Vim script that contains the commands you want to use. For
185 example, to change the colors for the C syntax: >
186 highlight cComment ctermfg=Green guifg=Green
187
1884. Write that file in the "after/syntax" directory. Use the name of the
189 syntax, with ".vim" added. For our C syntax: >
190 :w ~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim
191
192That's it. The next time you edit a C file the Comment color will be
193different. You don't even have to restart Vim.
194
Bram Moolenaar5313dcb2005-02-22 08:56:13 +0000195If you have multiple files, you can use the filetype as the directory name.
196All the "*.vim" files in this directory will be used, for example:
197 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/one.vim
198 ~/.vim/after/syntax/c/two.vim
199
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000200
201REPLACING AN EXISTING SYNTAX FILE *mysyntaxfile-replace*
202
203If you don't like a distributed syntax file, or you have downloaded a new
204version, follow the same steps as for |mysyntaxfile| above. Just make sure
205that you write the syntax file in a directory that is early in 'runtimepath'.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +0200206Vim will only load the first syntax file found, assuming that it sets
207b:current_syntax.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000208
209
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100210NAMING CONVENTIONS *group-name* *{group-name}* *E669* *W18*
211
212A syntax group name is to be used for syntax items that match the same kind of
213thing. These are then linked to a highlight group that specifies the color.
214A syntax group name doesn't specify any color or attributes itself.
215
Gregory Andersd4376dc2023-08-20 19:14:03 +0200216The name for a highlight or syntax group must consist of ASCII letters,
217digits, underscores, dots, or hyphens. As a regexp: "[a-zA-Z0-9_.-]*".
218However, Vim does not give an error when using other characters. The maximum
219length of a group name is about 200 bytes. *E1249*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000220
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +0100221To be able to allow each user to pick their favorite set of colors, there must
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000222be preferred names for highlight groups that are common for many languages.
223These are the suggested group names (if syntax highlighting works properly
224you can see the actual color, except for "Ignore"):
225
226 *Comment any comment
227
228 *Constant any constant
229 String a string constant: "this is a string"
230 Character a character constant: 'c', '\n'
231 Number a number constant: 234, 0xff
232 Boolean a boolean constant: TRUE, false
233 Float a floating point constant: 2.3e10
234
235 *Identifier any variable name
236 Function function name (also: methods for classes)
237
238 *Statement any statement
239 Conditional if, then, else, endif, switch, etc.
240 Repeat for, do, while, etc.
241 Label case, default, etc.
242 Operator "sizeof", "+", "*", etc.
243 Keyword any other keyword
244 Exception try, catch, throw
245
246 *PreProc generic Preprocessor
247 Include preprocessor #include
248 Define preprocessor #define
249 Macro same as Define
250 PreCondit preprocessor #if, #else, #endif, etc.
251
252 *Type int, long, char, etc.
253 StorageClass static, register, volatile, etc.
254 Structure struct, union, enum, etc.
255 Typedef A typedef
256
257 *Special any special symbol
258 SpecialChar special character in a constant
259 Tag you can use CTRL-] on this
260 Delimiter character that needs attention
261 SpecialComment special things inside a comment
262 Debug debugging statements
263
264 *Underlined text that stands out, HTML links
265
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200266 *Ignore left blank, hidden |hl-Ignore|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000267
268 *Error any erroneous construct
269
270 *Todo anything that needs extra attention; mostly the
271 keywords TODO FIXME and XXX
272
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +0100273 *Added added line in a diff
274 *Changed changed line in a diff
275 *Removed removed line in a diff
276
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000277The names marked with * are the preferred groups; the others are minor groups.
278For the preferred groups, the "syntax.vim" file contains default highlighting.
279The minor groups are linked to the preferred groups, so they get the same
280highlighting. You can override these defaults by using ":highlight" commands
281after sourcing the "syntax.vim" file.
282
283Note that highlight group names are not case sensitive. "String" and "string"
284can be used for the same group.
285
286The following names are reserved and cannot be used as a group name:
287 NONE ALL ALLBUT contains contained
288
Bram Moolenaar4f99eae2010-07-24 15:56:43 +0200289 *hl-Ignore*
290When using the Ignore group, you may also consider using the conceal
291mechanism. See |conceal|.
292
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000293==============================================================================
2943. Syntax loading procedure *syntax-loading*
295
296This explains the details that happen when the command ":syntax enable" is
297issued. When Vim initializes itself, it finds out where the runtime files are
298located. This is used here as the variable |$VIMRUNTIME|.
299
300":syntax enable" and ":syntax on" do the following:
301
302 Source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim
303 |
304 +- Clear out any old syntax by sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
305 |
306 +- Source first syntax/synload.vim in 'runtimepath'
307 | |
308 | +- Setup the colors for syntax highlighting. If a color scheme is
309 | | defined it is loaded again with ":colors {name}". Otherwise
310 | | ":runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim" is used. ":syntax on" overrules
311 | | existing colors, ":syntax enable" only sets groups that weren't
312 | | set yet.
313 | |
314 | +- Set up syntax autocmds to load the appropriate syntax file when
315 | | the 'syntax' option is set. *synload-1*
316 | |
317 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the |mysyntaxfile| variable.
318 | This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only. *synload-2*
319 |
320 +- Do ":filetype on", which does ":runtime! filetype.vim". It loads any
321 | filetype.vim files found. It should always Source
322 | $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim, which does the following.
323 | |
324 | +- Install autocmds based on suffix to set the 'filetype' option
325 | | This is where the connection between file name and file type is
326 | | made for known file types. *synload-3*
327 | |
328 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myfiletypefile*
329 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
330 | | *synload-4*
331 | |
332 | +- Install one autocommand which sources scripts.vim when no file
333 | | type was detected yet. *synload-5*
334 | |
335 | +- Source $VIMRUNTIME/menu.vim, to setup the Syntax menu. |menu.vim|
336 |
337 +- Install a FileType autocommand to set the 'syntax' option when a file
338 | type has been detected. *synload-6*
339 |
340 +- Execute syntax autocommands to start syntax highlighting for each
341 already loaded buffer.
342
343
344Upon loading a file, Vim finds the relevant syntax file as follows:
345
346 Loading the file triggers the BufReadPost autocommands.
347 |
348 +- If there is a match with one of the autocommands from |synload-3|
349 | (known file types) or |synload-4| (user's file types), the 'filetype'
350 | option is set to the file type.
351 |
352 +- The autocommand at |synload-5| is triggered. If the file type was not
353 | found yet, then scripts.vim is searched for in 'runtimepath'. This
354 | should always load $VIMRUNTIME/scripts.vim, which does the following.
355 | |
356 | +- Source the user's optional file, from the *myscriptsfile*
357 | | variable. This is for backwards compatibility with Vim 5.x only.
358 | |
359 | +- If the file type is still unknown, check the contents of the file,
360 | again with checks like "getline(1) =~ pattern" as to whether the
361 | file type can be recognized, and set 'filetype'.
362 |
363 +- When the file type was determined and 'filetype' was set, this
364 | triggers the FileType autocommand |synload-6| above. It sets
365 | 'syntax' to the determined file type.
366 |
367 +- When the 'syntax' option was set above, this triggers an autocommand
368 | from |synload-1| (and |synload-2|). This find the main syntax file in
369 | 'runtimepath', with this command:
370 | runtime! syntax/<name>.vim
371 |
372 +- Any other user installed FileType or Syntax autocommands are
373 triggered. This can be used to change the highlighting for a specific
374 syntax.
375
376==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003774. Conversion to HTML *2html.vim* *convert-to-HTML*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000378
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +01003792html is not a syntax file itself, but a script that converts the current
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200380window into HTML. Vim opens a new window in which it builds the HTML file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000381
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200382After you save the resulting file, you can view it with any browser. The
383colors should be exactly the same as you see them in Vim. With
384|g:html_line_ids| you can jump to specific lines by adding (for example) #L123
385or #123 to the end of the URL in your browser's address bar. And with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +0200386|g:html_dynamic_folds| enabled, you can show or hide the text that is folded
387in Vim.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200388
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000389You are not supposed to set the 'filetype' or 'syntax' option to "2html"!
390Source the script to convert the current file: >
391
392 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
393<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200394Many variables affect the output of 2html.vim; see below. Any of the on/off
395options listed below can be enabled or disabled by setting them explicitly to
396the desired value, or restored to their default by removing the variable using
397|:unlet|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000398
399Remarks:
Bram Moolenaar076e8b22010-08-05 21:54:00 +0200400- Some truly ancient browsers may not show the background colors.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000401- From most browsers you can also print the file (in color)!
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200402- The latest TOhtml may actually work with older versions of Vim, but some
Bram Moolenaar166af9b2010-11-16 20:34:40 +0100403 features such as conceal support will not function, and the colors may be
404 incorrect for an old Vim without GUI support compiled in.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000405
406Here is an example how to run the script over all .c and .h files from a
407Unix shell: >
408 for f in *.[ch]; do gvim -f +"syn on" +"run! syntax/2html.vim" +"wq" +"q" $f; done
409<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200410 *g:html_start_line* *g:html_end_line*
411To restrict the conversion to a range of lines, use a range with the |:TOhtml|
412command below, or set "g:html_start_line" and "g:html_end_line" to the first
413and last line to be converted. Example, using the last set Visual area: >
414
415 :let g:html_start_line = line("'<")
416 :let g:html_end_line = line("'>")
417 :runtime! syntax/2html.vim
418<
419 *:TOhtml*
420:[range]TOhtml The ":TOhtml" command is defined in a standard plugin.
421 This command will source |2html.vim| for you. When a
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200422 range is given, this command sets |g:html_start_line|
423 and |g:html_end_line| to the start and end of the
424 range, respectively. Default range is the entire
425 buffer.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200426
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200427 If the current window is part of a |diff|, unless
428 |g:html_diff_one_file| is set, :TOhtml will convert
429 all windows which are part of the diff in the current
430 tab and place them side-by-side in a <table> element
431 in the generated HTML. With |g:html_line_ids| you can
432 jump to lines in specific windows with (for example)
433 #W1L42 for line 42 in the first diffed window, or
434 #W3L87 for line 87 in the third.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200435
436 Examples: >
437
438 :10,40TOhtml " convert lines 10-40 to html
439 :'<,'>TOhtml " convert current/last visual selection
440 :TOhtml " convert entire buffer
441<
442 *g:html_diff_one_file*
443Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200444When 0, and using |:TOhtml| all windows involved in a |diff| in the current tab
445page are converted to HTML and placed side-by-side in a <table> element. When
4461, only the current buffer is converted.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200447Example: >
448
449 let g:html_diff_one_file = 1
450<
451 *g:html_whole_filler*
452Default: 0.
453When 0, if |g:html_diff_one_file| is 1, a sequence of more than 3 filler lines
454is displayed as three lines with the middle line mentioning the total number
455of inserted lines.
456When 1, always display all inserted lines as if |g:html_diff_one_file| were
457not set.
458>
459 :let g:html_whole_filler = 1
460<
461 *TOhtml-performance* *g:html_no_progress*
462Default: 0.
463When 0, display a progress bar in the statusline for each major step in the
4642html.vim conversion process.
465When 1, do not display the progress bar. This offers a minor speed improvement
466but you won't have any idea how much longer the conversion might take; for big
467files it can take a long time!
468Example: >
469
470 let g:html_no_progress = 1
471<
472You can obtain better performance improvements by also instructing Vim to not
473run interactively, so that too much time is not taken to redraw as the script
474moves through the buffer, switches windows, and the like: >
475
476 vim -E -s -c "let g:html_no_progress=1" -c "syntax on" -c "set ft=c" -c "runtime syntax/2html.vim" -cwqa myfile.c
477<
478Note that the -s flag prevents loading your .vimrc and any plugins, so you
479need to explicitly source/enable anything that will affect the HTML
480conversion. See |-E| and |-s-ex| for details. It is probably best to create a
481script to replace all the -c commands and use it with the -u flag instead of
482specifying each command separately.
483
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100484 *hl-TOhtmlProgress* *TOhtml-progress-color*
485When displayed, the progress bar will show colored boxes along the statusline
486as the HTML conversion proceeds. By default, the background color as the
487current "DiffDelete" highlight group is used. If "DiffDelete" and "StatusLine"
488have the same background color, TOhtml will automatically adjust the color to
489differ. If you do not like the automatically selected colors, you can define
490your own highlight colors for the progress bar. Example: >
491
492 hi TOhtmlProgress guifg=#c0ffee ctermbg=7
493<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200494 *g:html_number_lines*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100495Default: Current 'number' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200496When 0, buffer text is displayed in the generated HTML without line numbering.
497When 1, a column of line numbers is added to the generated HTML with the same
498highlighting as the line number column in Vim (|hl-LineNr|).
499Force line numbers even if 'number' is not set: >
500 :let g:html_number_lines = 1
501Force to omit the line numbers: >
502 :let g:html_number_lines = 0
503Go back to the default to use 'number' by deleting the variable: >
504 :unlet g:html_number_lines
505<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100506 *g:html_line_ids*
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200507Default: 1 if |g:html_number_lines| is set, 0 otherwise.
508When 1, adds an HTML id attribute to each line number, or to an empty <span>
509inserted for that purpose if no line numbers are shown. This ID attribute
510takes the form of L123 for single-buffer HTML pages, or W2L123 for diff-view
511pages, and is used to jump to a specific line (in a specific window of a diff
512view). Javascript is inserted to open any closed dynamic folds
Bram Moolenaar34401cc2014-08-29 15:12:19 +0200513(|g:html_dynamic_folds|) containing the specified line before jumping. The
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200514javascript also allows omitting the window ID in the url, and the leading L.
515For example: >
516
517 page.html#L123 jumps to line 123 in a single-buffer file
518 page.html#123 does the same
519
520 diff.html#W1L42 jumps to line 42 in the first window in a diff
521 diff.html#42 does the same
522<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200523 *g:html_use_css*
524Default: 1.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100525When 1, generate valid HTML 5 markup with CSS styling, supported in all modern
526browsers and many old browsers.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200527When 0, generate <font> tags and similar outdated markup. This is not
528recommended but it may work better in really old browsers, email clients,
529forum posts, and similar situations where basic CSS support is unavailable.
530Example: >
531 :let g:html_use_css = 0
532<
533 *g:html_ignore_conceal*
534Default: 0.
535When 0, concealed text is removed from the HTML and replaced with a character
536from |:syn-cchar| or 'listchars' as appropriate, depending on the current
537value of 'conceallevel'.
538When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML, even if it is
539|conceal|ed.
540
541Either of the following commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is
542included in the generated HTML (unless it is folded): >
543 :let g:html_ignore_conceal = 1
544 :setl conceallevel=0
545<
546 *g:html_ignore_folding*
547Default: 0.
548When 0, text in a closed fold is replaced by the text shown for the fold in
549Vim (|fold-foldtext|). See |g:html_dynamic_folds| if you also want to allow
550the user to expand the fold as in Vim to see the text inside.
551When 1, include all text from the buffer in the generated HTML; whether the
552text is in a fold has no impact at all. |g:html_dynamic_folds| has no effect.
553
554Either of these commands will ensure that all text in the buffer is included
555in the generated HTML (unless it is concealed): >
556 zR
557 :let g:html_ignore_folding = 1
558<
559 *g:html_dynamic_folds*
560Default: 0.
561When 0, text in a closed fold is not included at all in the generated HTML.
562When 1, generate javascript to open a fold and show the text within, just like
563in Vim.
564
565Setting this variable to 1 causes 2html.vim to always use CSS for styling,
566regardless of what |g:html_use_css| is set to.
567
568This variable is ignored when |g:html_ignore_folding| is set.
569>
570 :let g:html_dynamic_folds = 1
571<
572 *g:html_no_foldcolumn*
573Default: 0.
574When 0, if |g:html_dynamic_folds| is 1, generate a column of text similar to
575Vim's foldcolumn (|fold-foldcolumn|) the user can click on to toggle folds
576open or closed. The minimum width of the generated text column is the current
577'foldcolumn' setting.
578When 1, do not generate this column; instead, hovering the mouse cursor over
579folded text will open the fold as if |g:html_hover_unfold| were set.
580>
581 :let g:html_no_foldcolumn = 1
582<
583 *TOhtml-uncopyable-text* *g:html_prevent_copy*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100584Default: Empty string.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200585This option prevents certain regions of the generated HTML from being copied,
586when you select all text in document rendered in a browser and copy it. Useful
587for allowing users to copy-paste only the source text even if a fold column or
588line numbers are shown in the generated content. Specify regions to be
589affected in this way as follows:
590 f: fold column
591 n: line numbers (also within fold text)
592 t: fold text
593 d: diff filler
594
595Example, to make the fold column and line numbers uncopyable: >
596 :let g:html_prevent_copy = "fn"
597<
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100598The method used to prevent copying in the generated page depends on the value
599of |g:html_use_input_for_pc|.
600
601 *g:html_use_input_for_pc*
fritzophrenic86cfb392023-09-08 12:20:01 -0500602Default: "none"
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100603If |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty, then:
604
605When "all", read-only <input> elements are used in place of normal text for
606uncopyable regions. In some browsers, especially older browsers, after
607selecting an entire page and copying the selection, the <input> tags are not
608pasted with the page text. If |g:html_no_invalid| is 0, the <input> tags have
609invalid type; this works in more browsers, but the page will not validate.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100610Note: This method does NOT work in recent versions of Chrome and equivalent
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100611browsers; the <input> tags get pasted with the text.
612
613When "fallback" (default value), the same <input> elements are generated for
614older browsers, but newer browsers (detected by CSS feature query) hide the
615<input> elements and instead use generated content in an ::before pseudoelement
616to display the uncopyable text. This method should work with the largest
617number of browsers, both old and new.
618
619When "none", the <input> elements are not generated at all. Only the
620generated-content method is used. This means that old browsers, notably
621Internet Explorer, will either copy the text intended not to be copyable, or
622the non-copyable text may not appear at all. However, this is the most
623standards-based method, and there will be much less markup.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200624
625 *g:html_no_invalid*
626Default: 0.
Bram Moolenaar09c6f262019-11-17 15:55:14 +0100627When 0, if |g:html_prevent_copy| is non-empty and |g:html_use_input_for_pc| is
628not "none", an invalid attribute is intentionally inserted into the <input>
629element for the uncopyable areas. This prevents pasting the <input> elements
630in some applications. Specifically, some versions of Microsoft Word will not
631paste the <input> elements if they contain this invalid attribute. When 1, no
632invalid markup is inserted, and the generated page should validate. However,
633<input> elements may be pasted into some applications and can be difficult to
634remove afterward.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200635
636 *g:html_hover_unfold*
637Default: 0.
638When 0, the only way to open a fold generated by 2html.vim with
639|g:html_dynamic_folds| set, is to click on the generated fold column.
640When 1, use CSS 2.0 to allow the user to open a fold by moving the mouse
641cursor over the displayed fold text. This is useful to allow users with
642disabled javascript to view the folded text.
643
644Note that old browsers (notably Internet Explorer 6) will not support this
645feature. Browser-specific markup for IE6 is included to fall back to the
646normal CSS1 styling so that the folds show up correctly for this browser, but
647they will not be openable without a foldcolumn.
648>
649 :let g:html_hover_unfold = 1
650<
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200651 *g:html_id_expr*
652Default: ""
653Dynamic folding and jumping to line IDs rely on unique IDs within the document
654to work. If generated HTML is copied into a larger document, these IDs are no
655longer guaranteed to be unique. Set g:html_id_expr to an expression Vim can
656evaluate to get a unique string to append to each ID used in a given document,
657so that the full IDs will be unique even when combined with other content in a
658larger HTML document. Example, to append _ and the buffer number to each ID: >
659
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +0000660 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_" .. bufnr("%")'
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200661<
662To append a string "_mystring" to the end of each ID: >
663
664 :let g:html_id_expr = '"_mystring"'
665<
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100666Note: When converting a diff view to HTML, the expression will only be
Bram Moolenaar31c31672013-06-26 13:28:14 +0200667evaluated for the first window in the diff, and the result used for all the
668windows.
669
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200670 *TOhtml-wrap-text* *g:html_pre_wrap*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100671Default: Current 'wrap' setting.
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200672When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, the text in the generated HTML does
673not wrap at the edge of the browser window.
674When 1, if |g:html_use_css| is 1, the CSS 2.0 "white-space:pre-wrap" value is
675used, causing the text to wrap at whitespace at the edge of the browser
676window.
677Explicitly enable text wrapping: >
678 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 1
679Explicitly disable wrapping: >
680 :let g:html_pre_wrap = 0
681Go back to default, determine wrapping from 'wrap' setting: >
682 :unlet g:html_pre_wrap
683<
684 *g:html_no_pre*
685Default: 0.
686When 0, buffer text in the generated HTML is surrounded by <pre>...</pre>
687tags. Series of whitespace is shown as in Vim without special markup, and tab
688characters can be included literally (see |g:html_expand_tabs|).
689When 1 (not recommended), the <pre> tags are omitted, and a plain <div> is
690used instead. Whitespace is replaced by a series of &nbsp; character
691references, and <br> is used to end each line. This is another way to allow
692text in the generated HTML is wrap (see |g:html_pre_wrap|) which also works in
693old browsers, but may cause noticeable differences between Vim's display and
694the rendered page generated by 2html.vim.
695>
696 :let g:html_no_pre = 1
697<
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +0100698 *g:html_no_doc*
699Default: 0.
700When 1 it doesn't generate a full HTML document with a DOCTYPE, <head>,
701<body>, etc. If |g:html_use_css| is enabled (the default) you'll have to
702define the CSS manually. The |g:html_dynamic_folds| and |g:html_line_ids|
703settings (off by default) also insert some JavaScript.
704
705
706 *g:html_no_links*
707Default: 0.
708Don't generate <a> tags for text that looks like an URL.
709
710 *g:html_no_modeline*
711Default: 0.
712Don't generate a modeline disabling folding.
713
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200714 *g:html_expand_tabs*
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100715Default: 0 if 'tabstop' is 8, 'expandtab' is 0, 'vartabstop' is not in use,
716 and no fold column or line numbers occur in the generated HTML;
717 1 otherwise.
718When 1, <Tab> characters in the buffer text are replaced with an appropriate
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200719number of space characters, or &nbsp; references if |g:html_no_pre| is 1.
Bram Moolenaarf0d58ef2018-11-16 16:13:44 +0100720When 0, if |g:html_no_pre| is 0 or unset, <Tab> characters in the buffer text
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200721are included as-is in the generated HTML. This is useful for when you want to
722allow copy and paste from a browser without losing the actual whitespace in
723the source document. Note that this can easily break text alignment and
724indentation in the HTML, unless set by default.
725
726Force |2html.vim| to keep <Tab> characters: >
727 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 0
728<
729Force tabs to be expanded: >
730 :let g:html_expand_tabs = 1
731<
732 *TOhtml-encoding-detect* *TOhtml-encoding*
733It is highly recommended to set your desired encoding with
734|g:html_use_encoding| for any content which will be placed on a web server.
735
736If you do not specify an encoding, |2html.vim| uses the preferred IANA name
737for the current value of 'fileencoding' if set, or 'encoding' if not.
738'encoding' is always used for certain 'buftype' values. 'fileencoding' will be
739set to match the chosen document encoding.
740
741Automatic detection works for the encodings mentioned specifically by name in
742|encoding-names|, but TOhtml will only automatically use those encodings with
743wide browser support. However, you can override this to support specific
744encodings that may not be automatically detected by default (see options
745below). See http://www.iana.org/assignments/character-sets for the IANA names.
746
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +0100747Note: By default all Unicode encodings are converted to UTF-8 with no BOM in
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200748the generated HTML, as recommended by W3C:
749
750 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-choosing-encodings
751 http://www.w3.org/International/questions/qa-byte-order-mark
752
753 *g:html_use_encoding*
754Default: none, uses IANA name for current 'fileencoding' as above.
755To overrule all automatic charset detection, set g:html_use_encoding to the
756name of the charset to be used. It is recommended to set this variable to
757something widely supported, like UTF-8, for anything you will be hosting on a
758webserver: >
759 :let g:html_use_encoding = "UTF-8"
760You can also use this option to omit the line that specifies the charset
761entirely, by setting g:html_use_encoding to an empty string (NOT recommended): >
762 :let g:html_use_encoding = ""
763To go back to the automatic mechanism, delete the |g:html_use_encoding|
764variable: >
765 :unlet g:html_use_encoding
766<
767 *g:html_encoding_override*
768Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
769 mentioned by name at |encoding-names|.
770This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the correct 'fileencoding' when you
771specify an encoding with |g:html_use_encoding| which is not in the default
772list of conversions.
773
774This is a dictionary of charset-encoding pairs that will replace existing
775pairs automatically detected by TOhtml, or supplement with new pairs.
776
777Detect the HTML charset "windows-1252" as the encoding "8bit-cp1252": >
778 :let g:html_encoding_override = {'windows-1252': '8bit-cp1252'}
779<
780 *g:html_charset_override*
781Default: none, autoload/tohtml.vim contains default conversions for encodings
782 mentioned by name at |encoding-names| and which have wide
783 browser support.
784This option allows |2html.vim| to detect the HTML charset for any
785'fileencoding' or 'encoding' which is not detected automatically. You can also
786use it to override specific existing encoding-charset pairs. For example,
787TOhtml will by default use UTF-8 for all Unicode/UCS encodings. To use UTF-16
788and UTF-32 instead, use: >
789 :let g:html_charset_override = {'ucs-4': 'UTF-32', 'utf-16': 'UTF-16'}
790
791Note that documents encoded in either UTF-32 or UTF-16 have known
792compatibility problems with some major browsers.
793
Bram Moolenaar60cce2f2015-10-13 23:21:27 +0200794 *g:html_font*
795Default: "monospace"
796You can specify the font or fonts used in the converted document using
797g:html_font. If this option is set to a string, then the value will be
798surrounded with single quotes. If this option is set to a list then each list
799item is surrounded by single quotes and the list is joined with commas. Either
800way, "monospace" is added as the fallback generic family name and the entire
801result used as the font family (using CSS) or font face (if not using CSS).
802Examples: >
803
804 " font-family: 'Consolas', monospace;
805 :let g:html_font = "Consolas"
806
807 " font-family: 'DejaVu Sans Mono', 'Consolas', monospace;
808 :let g:html_font = ["DejaVu Sans Mono", "Consolas"]
809<
Bram Moolenaar6c35bea2012-07-25 17:49:10 +0200810 *convert-to-XML* *convert-to-XHTML* *g:html_use_xhtml*
811Default: 0.
812When 0, generate standard HTML 4.01 (strict when possible).
813When 1, generate XHTML 1.0 instead (XML compliant HTML).
814>
815 :let g:html_use_xhtml = 1
816<
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100817==============================================================================
8185. Syntax file remarks *:syn-file-remarks*
819
820 *b:current_syntax-variable*
821Vim stores the name of the syntax that has been loaded in the
822"b:current_syntax" variable. You can use this if you want to load other
823settings, depending on which syntax is active. Example: >
824 :au BufReadPost * if b:current_syntax == "csh"
825 :au BufReadPost * do-some-things
826 :au BufReadPost * endif
827
828
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000829
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000830ABEL *abel.vim* *ft-abel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000831
832ABEL highlighting provides some user-defined options. To enable them, assign
833any value to the respective variable. Example: >
834 :let abel_obsolete_ok=1
835To disable them use ":unlet". Example: >
836 :unlet abel_obsolete_ok
837
838Variable Highlight ~
839abel_obsolete_ok obsolete keywords are statements, not errors
840abel_cpp_comments_illegal do not interpret '//' as inline comment leader
841
842
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000843ADA
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000844
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +0000845See |ft-ada-syntax|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000846
847
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000848ANT *ant.vim* *ft-ant-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000849
850The ant syntax file provides syntax highlighting for javascript and python
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000851by default. Syntax highlighting for other script languages can be installed
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000852by the function AntSyntaxScript(), which takes the tag name as first argument
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +0000853and the script syntax file name as second argument. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000854
855 :call AntSyntaxScript('perl', 'perl.vim')
856
857will install syntax perl highlighting for the following ant code >
858
859 <script language = 'perl'><![CDATA[
860 # everything inside is highlighted as perl
861 ]]></script>
862
863See |mysyntaxfile-add| for installing script languages permanently.
864
865
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000866APACHE *apache.vim* *ft-apache-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000867
Bram Moolenaar01164a62017-11-02 22:58:42 +0100868The apache syntax file provides syntax highlighting for Apache HTTP server
869version 2.2.3.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000870
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000871
872 *asm.vim* *asmh8300.vim* *nasm.vim* *masm.vim* *asm68k*
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +0000873ASSEMBLY *ft-asm-syntax* *ft-asmh8300-syntax* *ft-nasm-syntax*
874 *ft-masm-syntax* *ft-asm68k-syntax* *fasm.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000875
876Files matching "*.i" could be Progress or Assembly. If the automatic detection
877doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
878startup vimrc: >
879 :let filetype_i = "asm"
880Replace "asm" with the type of assembly you use.
881
882There are many types of assembly languages that all use the same file name
883extensions. Therefore you will have to select the type yourself, or add a
884line in the assembly file that Vim will recognize. Currently these syntax
885files are included:
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100886 asm GNU assembly (usually have .s or .S extension and were
887 already built using C compiler such as GCC or CLANG)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000888 asm68k Motorola 680x0 assembly
889 asmh8300 Hitachi H-8300 version of GNU assembly
890 ia64 Intel Itanium 64
891 fasm Flat assembly (http://flatassembler.net)
Wu, Zhenyud66d6872024-12-12 19:31:54 +0100892 masm Microsoft assembly (.masm files are compiled with
893 Microsoft's Macro Assembler. This is only supported
894 for x86, x86_64, ARM and AARCH64 CPU families)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000895 nasm Netwide assembly
896 tasm Turbo Assembly (with opcodes 80x86 up to Pentium, and
897 MMX)
898 pic PIC assembly (currently for PIC16F84)
899
900The most flexible is to add a line in your assembly file containing: >
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100901 asmsyntax=nasm
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000902Replace "nasm" with the name of the real assembly syntax. This line must be
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +0100903one of the first five lines in the file. No non-white text must be
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +0200904immediately before or after this text. Note that specifying asmsyntax=foo is
905equivalent to setting ft=foo in a |modeline|, and that in case of a conflict
906between the two settings the one from the modeline will take precedence (in
907particular, if you have ft=asm in the modeline, you will get the GNU syntax
908highlighting regardless of what is specified as asmsyntax).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000909
910The syntax type can always be overruled for a specific buffer by setting the
911b:asmsyntax variable: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000912 :let b:asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000913
914If b:asmsyntax is not set, either automatically or by hand, then the value of
915the global variable asmsyntax is used. This can be seen as a default assembly
916language: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +0000917 :let asmsyntax = "nasm"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000918
919As a last resort, if nothing is defined, the "asm" syntax is used.
920
921
922Netwide assembler (nasm.vim) optional highlighting ~
923
924To enable a feature: >
925 :let {variable}=1|set syntax=nasm
926To disable a feature: >
927 :unlet {variable} |set syntax=nasm
928
929Variable Highlight ~
930nasm_loose_syntax unofficial parser allowed syntax not as Error
931 (parser dependent; not recommended)
932nasm_ctx_outside_macro contexts outside macro not as Error
933nasm_no_warn potentially risky syntax not as ToDo
934
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200935ASTRO *astro.vim* *ft-astro-syntax*
936
937Configuration
938
939The following variables control certain syntax highlighting features.
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +0200940You can add them to your .vimrc.
941
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200942To enable TypeScript and TSX for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200943 let g:astro_typescript = "enable"
944<
Ken Takatab4e648a2024-06-11 19:45:32 +0200945To enable Stylus for ".astro" files (default "disable"): >
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200946 let g:astro_stylus = "enable"
947<
Philip Hd3ff1292024-04-21 15:44:10 +0200948NOTE: You need to install an external plugin to support stylus in astro files.
949
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000950
h-east53753f62024-05-05 18:42:31 +0200951ASPPERL *ft-aspperl-syntax*
952ASPVBS *ft-aspvbs-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000953
954*.asp and *.asa files could be either Perl or Visual Basic script. Since it's
955hard to detect this you can set two global variables to tell Vim what you are
956using. For Perl script use: >
957 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspperl"
958 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspperl"
959For Visual Basic use: >
960 :let g:filetype_asa = "aspvbs"
961 :let g:filetype_asp = "aspvbs"
962
AvidSeeker3088ef02024-07-16 21:39:07 +0200963ASYMPTOTE *asy.vim* *ft-asy-syntax*
964
965By default, only basic Asymptote keywords are highlighted. To highlight
966extended geometry keywords: >
967
968 :let g:asy_syn_plain = 1
969
970and for highlighting keywords related to 3D constructions: >
971
972 :let g:asy_syn_three = 1
973
974By default, Asymptote-defined colors (e.g: lightblue) are highlighted. To
975highlight TeX-defined colors (e.g: BlueViolet) use: >
976
977 :let g:asy_syn_texcolors = 1
978
979or for Xorg colors (e.g: AliceBlue): >
980
981 :let g:asy_syn_x11colors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +0000982
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +0000983BAAN *baan.vim* *baan-syntax*
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000984
Bram Moolenaar53f7fcc2021-07-28 20:10:16 +0200985The baan.vim gives syntax support for BaanC of release BaanIV up to SSA ERP LN
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +0000986for both 3 GL and 4 GL programming. Large number of standard defines/constants
987are supported.
988
989Some special violation of coding standards will be signalled when one specify
990in ones |.vimrc|: >
991 let baan_code_stds=1
992
993*baan-folding*
994
995Syntax folding can be enabled at various levels through the variables
996mentioned below (Set those in your |.vimrc|). The more complex folding on
997source blocks and SQL can be CPU intensive.
998
999To allow any folding and enable folding at function level use: >
1000 let baan_fold=1
1001Folding can be enabled at source block level as if, while, for ,... The
1002indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to match (spaces are not
1003considered equal to a tab). >
1004 let baan_fold_block=1
1005Folding can be enabled for embedded SQL blocks as SELECT, SELECTDO,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001006SELECTEMPTY, ... The indentation preceding the begin/end keywords has to
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001007match (spaces are not considered equal to a tab). >
1008 let baan_fold_sql=1
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001009Note: Block folding can result in many small folds. It is suggested to |:set|
Bram Moolenaarf193fff2006-04-27 00:02:13 +00001010the options 'foldminlines' and 'foldnestmax' in |.vimrc| or use |:setlocal| in
1011.../after/syntax/baan.vim (see |after-directory|). Eg: >
1012 set foldminlines=5
1013 set foldnestmax=6
1014
1015
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001016BASIC *basic.vim* *vb.vim* *ft-basic-syntax* *ft-vb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001017
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001018Both Visual Basic and "normal" BASIC use the extension ".bas". To detect
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001019which one should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first
1020five lines of the file. If it is not found, filetype will be "basic",
1021otherwise "vb". Files with the ".frm" extension will always be seen as Visual
1022Basic.
1023
Bram Moolenaar6f4754b2022-01-23 12:07:04 +00001024If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1025example, FreeBASIC files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1026 :let filetype_bas = "freebasic"
1027
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001028
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001029C *c.vim* *ft-c-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001030
1031A few things in C highlighting are optional. To enable them assign any value
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001032(including zero) to the respective variable. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00001033 :let c_comment_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001034 :let c_no_bracket_error = 0
1035To disable them use `:unlet`. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001036 :unlet c_comment_strings
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001037Setting the value to zero doesn't work!
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001038
Bram Moolenaarba3ff532018-11-04 14:45:49 +01001039An alternative is to switch to the C++ highlighting: >
1040 :set filetype=cpp
1041
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001042Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001043*c_gnu* GNU gcc specific items
1044*c_comment_strings* strings and numbers inside a comment
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001045*c_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1046*c_no_trail_space_error* ... but no trailing spaces
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001047*c_no_tab_space_error* ... but no spaces before a <Tab>
1048*c_no_bracket_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] as errors
1049*c_no_curly_error* don't highlight {}; inside [] and () as errors;
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001050 ...except { and } in first column
1051 Default is to highlight them, otherwise you
1052 can't spot a missing ")".
Bram Moolenaar91359012019-11-30 17:57:03 +01001053*c_curly_error* highlight a missing } by finding all pairs; this
1054 forces syncing from the start of the file, can be slow
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001055*c_no_ansi* don't do standard ANSI types and constants
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001056*c_ansi_typedefs* ... but do standard ANSI types
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001057*c_ansi_constants* ... but do standard ANSI constants
1058*c_no_utf* don't highlight \u and \U in strings
Christian Brabandt06300802023-12-21 16:57:09 +01001059*c_syntax_for_h* for *.h files use C syntax instead of C++ and use objc
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02001060 syntax instead of objcpp
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001061*c_no_if0* don't highlight "#if 0" blocks as comments
1062*c_no_cformat* don't highlight %-formats in strings
1063*c_no_c99* don't highlight C99 standard items
1064*c_no_c11* don't highlight C11 standard items
Doug Kearnsc2a967a2025-01-17 14:12:16 +01001065*c_no_c23* don't highlight C23 standard items
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02001066*c_no_bsd* don't highlight BSD specific types
Luca Saccarolaca0e9822023-12-24 18:57:02 +01001067*c_functions* highlight function calls and definitions
1068*c_function_pointers* highlight function pointers definitions
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001069
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001070When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax" then /* */ comments and { } blocks will
1071become a fold. If you don't want comments to become a fold use: >
1072 :let c_no_comment_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaarf9393ef2006-04-24 19:47:27 +00001073"#if 0" blocks are also folded, unless: >
1074 :let c_no_if0_fold = 1
Bram Moolenaar293ee4d2004-12-09 21:34:53 +00001075
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001076If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
1077when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "c_minlines" internal variable
1078to a larger number: >
1079 :let c_minlines = 100
1080This will make the syntax synchronization start 100 lines before the first
1081displayed line. The default value is 50 (15 when c_no_if0 is set). The
1082disadvantage of using a larger number is that redrawing can become slow.
1083
1084When using the "#if 0" / "#endif" comment highlighting, notice that this only
1085works when the "#if 0" is within "c_minlines" from the top of the window. If
1086you have a long "#if 0" construct it will not be highlighted correctly.
1087
1088To match extra items in comments, use the cCommentGroup cluster.
1089Example: >
1090 :au Syntax c call MyCadd()
1091 :function MyCadd()
1092 : syn keyword cMyItem contained Ni
1093 : syn cluster cCommentGroup add=cMyItem
1094 : hi link cMyItem Title
1095 :endfun
1096
1097ANSI constants will be highlighted with the "cConstant" group. This includes
1098"NULL", "SIG_IGN" and others. But not "TRUE", for example, because this is
1099not in the ANSI standard. If you find this confusing, remove the cConstant
1100highlighting: >
1101 :hi link cConstant NONE
1102
1103If you see '{' and '}' highlighted as an error where they are OK, reset the
1104highlighting for cErrInParen and cErrInBracket.
1105
1106If you want to use folding in your C files, you can add these lines in a file
Bram Moolenaar06b5d512010-05-22 15:37:44 +02001107in the "after" directory in 'runtimepath'. For Unix this would be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001108~/.vim/after/syntax/c.vim. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001109 syn sync fromstart
1110 set foldmethod=syntax
1111
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001112CH *ch.vim* *ft-ch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00001113
1114C/C++ interpreter. Ch has similar syntax highlighting to C and builds upon
1115the C syntax file. See |c.vim| for all the settings that are available for C.
1116
1117By setting a variable you can tell Vim to use Ch syntax for *.h files, instead
1118of C or C++: >
1119 :let ch_syntax_for_h = 1
1120
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001121
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001122CHILL *chill.vim* *ft-chill-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001123
1124Chill syntax highlighting is similar to C. See |c.vim| for all the settings
1125that are available. Additionally there is:
1126
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001127chill_space_errors like c_space_errors
1128chill_comment_string like c_comment_strings
1129chill_minlines like c_minlines
1130
1131
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001132CHANGELOG *changelog.vim* *ft-changelog-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001133
1134ChangeLog supports highlighting spaces at the start of a line.
1135If you do not like this, add following line to your .vimrc: >
1136 let g:changelog_spacing_errors = 0
1137This works the next time you edit a changelog file. You can also use
1138"b:changelog_spacing_errors" to set this per buffer (before loading the syntax
1139file).
1140
1141You can change the highlighting used, e.g., to flag the spaces as an error: >
1142 :hi link ChangelogError Error
1143Or to avoid the highlighting: >
1144 :hi link ChangelogError NONE
1145This works immediately.
1146
1147
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001148CLOJURE *ft-clojure-syntax*
1149
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001150 *g:clojure_syntax_keywords*
1151
1152Syntax highlighting of public vars in "clojure.core" is provided by default,
1153but additional symbols can be highlighted by adding them to the
1154|g:clojure_syntax_keywords| variable. The value should be a |Dictionary| of
1155syntax group names, each containing a |List| of identifiers.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001156>
1157 let g:clojure_syntax_keywords = {
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001158 \ 'clojureMacro': ["defproject", "defcustom"],
1159 \ 'clojureFunc': ["string/join", "string/replace"]
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001160 \ }
1161<
1162Refer to the Clojure syntax script for valid syntax group names.
1163
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001164There is also *b:clojure_syntax_keywords* which is a buffer-local variant of
1165this variable intended for use by plugin authors to highlight symbols
1166dynamically.
Bram Moolenaar6f1d9a02016-07-24 14:12:38 +02001167
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001168By setting the *b:clojure_syntax_without_core_keywords* variable, vars from
1169"clojure.core" will not be highlighted by default. This is useful for
1170namespaces that have set `(:refer-clojure :only [])`
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001171
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001172
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001173 *g:clojure_fold*
1174
1175Setting |g:clojure_fold| to `1` will enable the folding of Clojure code. Any
1176list, vector or map that extends over more than one line can be folded using
1177the standard Vim |fold-commands|.
1178
1179
1180 *g:clojure_discard_macro*
1181
1182Set this variable to `1` to enable basic highlighting of Clojure's "discard
1183reader macro".
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001184>
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001185 #_(defn foo [x]
1186 (println x))
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001187<
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00001188Note that this option will not correctly highlight stacked discard macros
1189(e.g. `#_#_`).
1190
Bram Moolenaar76f3b1a2014-03-27 22:30:07 +01001191
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001192COBOL *cobol.vim* *ft-cobol-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001193
1194COBOL highlighting has different needs for legacy code than it does for fresh
1195development. This is due to differences in what is being done (maintenance
1196versus development) and other factors. To enable legacy code highlighting,
1197add this line to your .vimrc: >
1198 :let cobol_legacy_code = 1
1199To disable it again, use this: >
1200 :unlet cobol_legacy_code
1201
1202
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001203COLD FUSION *coldfusion.vim* *ft-coldfusion-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001204
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001205The ColdFusion has its own version of HTML comments. To turn on ColdFusion
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001206comment highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1207
1208 :let html_wrong_comments = 1
1209
1210The ColdFusion syntax file is based on the HTML syntax file.
1211
1212
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001213CPP *cpp.vim* *ft-cpp-syntax*
1214
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001215Most things are the same as |ft-c-syntax|.
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001216
1217Variable Highlight ~
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01001218cpp_no_cpp11 don't highlight C++11 standard items
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01001219cpp_no_cpp14 don't highlight C++14 standard items
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02001220cpp_no_cpp17 don't highlight C++17 standard items
1221cpp_no_cpp20 don't highlight C++20 standard items
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01001222
1223
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001224CSH *csh.vim* *ft-csh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001225
1226This covers the shell named "csh". Note that on some systems tcsh is actually
1227used.
1228
1229Detecting whether a file is csh or tcsh is notoriously hard. Some systems
1230symlink /bin/csh to /bin/tcsh, making it almost impossible to distinguish
1231between csh and tcsh. In case VIM guesses wrong you can set the
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001232"filetype_csh" variable. For using csh: *g:filetype_csh*
1233>
1234 :let g:filetype_csh = "csh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001235
1236For using tcsh: >
1237
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02001238 :let g:filetype_csh = "tcsh"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001239
1240Any script with a tcsh extension or a standard tcsh filename (.tcshrc,
1241tcsh.tcshrc, tcsh.login) will have filetype tcsh. All other tcsh/csh scripts
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001242will be classified as tcsh, UNLESS the "filetype_csh" variable exists. If the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001243"filetype_csh" variable exists, the filetype will be set to the value of the
1244variable.
1245
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001246CSV *ft-csv-syntax*
1247
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001248If you change the delimiter of a CSV file, its syntax highlighting will no
1249longer match the changed file content. You will need to unlet the following
1250variable: >
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001251
1252 :unlet b:csv_delimiter
1253
1254And afterwards save and reload the file: >
1255
1256 :w
1257 :e
1258
zeertzjqd1c36982024-07-08 21:02:14 +02001259Now the syntax engine should determine the newly changed CSV delimiter.
Christian Brabandtb9bbf1f2024-07-07 19:24:36 +02001260
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001261
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001262CYNLIB *cynlib.vim* *ft-cynlib-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001263
1264Cynlib files are C++ files that use the Cynlib class library to enable
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001265hardware modelling and simulation using C++. Typically Cynlib files have a .cc
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001266or a .cpp extension, which makes it very difficult to distinguish them from a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001267normal C++ file. Thus, to enable Cynlib highlighting for .cc files, add this
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001268line to your .vimrc file: >
1269
1270 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cc=1
1271
1272Similarly for cpp files (this extension is only usually used in Windows) >
1273
1274 :let cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp=1
1275
1276To disable these again, use this: >
1277
1278 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cc
1279 :unlet cynlib_cyntax_for_cpp
1280<
1281
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001282CWEB *cweb.vim* *ft-cweb-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001283
1284Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
1285doesn't work for you, or you don't edit Progress at all, use this in your
1286startup vimrc: >
1287 :let filetype_w = "cweb"
1288
Nick Jensen96395e12025-03-15 09:49:13 +01001289CSHARP *cs.vim* *ft-cs-syntax*
1290
1291C# raw string literals may use any number of quote marks to encapsulate the
1292block, and raw interpolated string literals may use any number of braces to
1293encapsulate the interpolation, e.g. >
1294
1295 $$$""""Hello {{{name}}}""""
1296<
1297By default, Vim highlights 3-8 quote marks, and 1-8 interpolation braces.
1298The maximum numbers of quotes and braces recognized can configured using the
1299following variables:
1300
1301 Variable Default ~
1302 g:cs_raw_string_quote_count 8
1303 g:cs_raw_string_interpolation_brace_count 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001304
Bram Moolenaar96f45c02019-10-26 19:53:45 +02001305DART *dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
1306
1307Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
1308used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications. Dart uses
1309a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
1310from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
1311
1312More information about the language and its development environment at the
1313official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
1314
1315dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
1316type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
1317and comments. There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
1318framework.
1319
1320Changes, fixes? Submit an issue or pull request via:
1321
1322https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
1323
1324
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001325DESKTOP *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001326
1327Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
Bram Moolenaara17d4c12010-05-30 18:30:36 +02001328according to freedesktop.org standard:
Bram Moolenaar65e0d772020-06-14 17:29:55 +02001329https://specifications.freedesktop.org/desktop-entry-spec/latest/
1330To highlight nonstandard extensions that does not begin with X-, set >
1331 let g:desktop_enable_nonstd = 1
1332Note that this may cause wrong highlight.
1333To highlight KDE-reserved features, set >
1334 let g:desktop_enable_kde = 1
1335g:desktop_enable_kde follows g:desktop_enable_nonstd if not supplied
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001336
1337
Romain Lafourcade124371c2024-01-07 15:08:31 +01001338DIFF *diff.vim*
Bram Moolenaar8feef4f2015-01-07 16:57:10 +01001339
1340The diff highlighting normally finds translated headers. This can be slow if
1341there are very long lines in the file. To disable translations: >
1342
1343 :let diff_translations = 0
1344
Bram Moolenaar0122c402015-02-03 19:13:34 +01001345Also see |diff-slow|.
1346
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001347DIRCOLORS *dircolors.vim* *ft-dircolors-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001348
1349The dircolors utility highlighting definition has one option. It exists to
1350provide compatibility with the Slackware GNU/Linux distributions version of
1351the command. It adds a few keywords that are generally ignored by most
1352versions. On Slackware systems, however, the utility accepts the keywords and
1353uses them for processing. To enable the Slackware keywords add the following
1354line to your startup file: >
1355 let dircolors_is_slackware = 1
1356
1357
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001358DOCBOOK *docbk.vim* *ft-docbk-syntax* *docbook*
Bram Moolenaar81af9252010-12-10 20:35:50 +01001359DOCBOOK XML *docbkxml.vim* *ft-docbkxml-syntax*
1360DOCBOOK SGML *docbksgml.vim* *ft-docbksgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001361
1362There are two types of DocBook files: SGML and XML. To specify what type you
1363are using the "b:docbk_type" variable should be set. Vim does this for you
1364automatically if it can recognize the type. When Vim can't guess it the type
1365defaults to XML.
1366You can set the type manually: >
1367 :let docbk_type = "sgml"
1368or: >
1369 :let docbk_type = "xml"
1370You need to do this before loading the syntax file, which is complicated.
1371Simpler is setting the filetype to "docbkxml" or "docbksgml": >
1372 :set filetype=docbksgml
1373or: >
1374 :set filetype=docbkxml
1375
Bram Moolenaar2df58b42012-11-28 18:21:11 +01001376You can specify the DocBook version: >
1377 :let docbk_ver = 3
1378When not set 4 is used.
1379
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001380
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001381DOSBATCH *dosbatch.vim* *ft-dosbatch-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001382
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001383Select the set of Windows Command interpreter extensions that should be
1384supported with the variable dosbatch_cmdextversion. For versions of Windows
1385NT (before Windows 2000) this should have the value of 1. For Windows 2000
1386and later it should be 2.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001387Select the version you want with the following line: >
1388
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001389 :let dosbatch_cmdextversion = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001390
1391If this variable is not defined it defaults to a value of 2 to support
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001392Windows 2000 and later.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001393
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001394The original MS-DOS supports an idiom of using a double colon (::) as an
1395alternative way to enter a comment line. This idiom can be used with the
1396current Windows Command Interpreter, but it can lead to problems when used
1397inside ( ... ) command blocks. You can find a discussion about this on
1398Stack Overflow -
1399
1400https://stackoverflow.com/questions/12407800/which-comment-style-should-i-use-in-batch-files
1401
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001402To allow the use of the :: idiom for comments in command blocks with the
1403Windows Command Interpreter set the dosbatch_colons_comment variable to
1404anything: >
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001405
1406 :let dosbatch_colons_comment = 1
1407
Christian Brabandtf7f33e32024-02-06 10:56:26 +01001408If this variable is set then a :: comment that is the last line in a command
1409block will be highlighted as an error.
1410
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00001411There is an option that covers whether *.btm files should be detected as type
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001412"dosbatch" (MS-DOS batch files) or type "btm" (4DOS batch files). The latter
1413is used by default. You may select the former with the following line: >
Bram Moolenaar8299df92004-07-10 09:47:34 +00001414
1415 :let g:dosbatch_syntax_for_btm = 1
1416
1417If this variable is undefined or zero, btm syntax is selected.
1418
1419
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001420DOXYGEN *doxygen.vim* *doxygen-syntax*
1421
1422Doxygen generates code documentation using a special documentation format
Bram Moolenaare37d50a2008-08-06 17:06:04 +00001423(similar to Javadoc). This syntax script adds doxygen highlighting to c, cpp,
1424idl and php files, and should also work with java.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001425
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001426There are a few of ways to turn on doxygen formatting. It can be done
1427explicitly or in a modeline by appending '.doxygen' to the syntax of the file.
1428Example: >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001429 :set syntax=c.doxygen
1430or >
1431 // vim:syntax=c.doxygen
1432
Bram Moolenaar5dc62522012-02-13 00:05:22 +01001433It can also be done automatically for C, C++, C#, IDL and PHP files by setting
1434the global or buffer-local variable load_doxygen_syntax. This is done by
1435adding the following to your .vimrc. >
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001436 :let g:load_doxygen_syntax=1
1437
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001438There are a couple of variables that have an effect on syntax highlighting,
1439and are to do with non-standard highlighting options.
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001440
1441Variable Default Effect ~
1442g:doxygen_enhanced_color
1443g:doxygen_enhanced_colour 0 Use non-standard highlighting for
1444 doxygen comments.
1445
1446doxygen_my_rendering 0 Disable rendering of HTML bold, italic
1447 and html_my_rendering underline.
1448
1449doxygen_javadoc_autobrief 1 Set to 0 to disable javadoc autobrief
1450 colour highlighting.
1451
1452doxygen_end_punctuation '[.]' Set to regexp match for the ending
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00001453 punctuation of brief
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001454
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02001455There are also some highlight groups worth mentioning as they can be useful in
Bram Moolenaar8cacf352006-04-15 20:27:24 +00001456configuration.
1457
1458Highlight Effect ~
1459doxygenErrorComment The colour of an end-comment when missing
1460 punctuation in a code, verbatim or dot section
1461doxygenLinkError The colour of an end-comment when missing the
1462 \endlink from a \link section.
1463
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001464
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001465DTD *dtd.vim* *ft-dtd-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001466
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001467The DTD syntax highlighting is case sensitive by default. To disable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001468case-sensitive highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1469
1470 :let dtd_ignore_case=1
1471
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001472The DTD syntax file will highlight unknown tags as errors. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001473this is annoying, it can be turned off by setting: >
1474
1475 :let dtd_no_tag_errors=1
1476
1477before sourcing the dtd.vim syntax file.
1478Parameter entity names are highlighted in the definition using the
1479'Type' highlighting group and 'Comment' for punctuation and '%'.
1480Parameter entity instances are highlighted using the 'Constant'
1481highlighting group and the 'Type' highlighting group for the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001482delimiters % and ;. This can be turned off by setting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001483
1484 :let dtd_no_param_entities=1
1485
1486The DTD syntax file is also included by xml.vim to highlight included dtd's.
1487
1488
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001489EIFFEL *eiffel.vim* *ft-eiffel-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001490
1491While Eiffel is not case-sensitive, its style guidelines are, and the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001492syntax highlighting file encourages their use. This also allows to
1493highlight class names differently. If you want to disable case-sensitive
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001494highlighting, add the following line to your startup file: >
1495
1496 :let eiffel_ignore_case=1
1497
1498Case still matters for class names and TODO marks in comments.
1499
1500Conversely, for even stricter checks, add one of the following lines: >
1501
1502 :let eiffel_strict=1
1503 :let eiffel_pedantic=1
1504
1505Setting eiffel_strict will only catch improper capitalization for the
1506five predefined words "Current", "Void", "Result", "Precursor", and
1507"NONE", to warn against their accidental use as feature or class names.
1508
1509Setting eiffel_pedantic will enforce adherence to the Eiffel style
1510guidelines fairly rigorously (like arbitrary mixes of upper- and
1511lowercase letters as well as outdated ways to capitalize keywords).
1512
1513If you want to use the lower-case version of "Current", "Void",
1514"Result", and "Precursor", you can use >
1515
1516 :let eiffel_lower_case_predef=1
1517
1518instead of completely turning case-sensitive highlighting off.
1519
1520Support for ISE's proposed new creation syntax that is already
1521experimentally handled by some compilers can be enabled by: >
1522
1523 :let eiffel_ise=1
1524
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001525Finally, some vendors support hexadecimal constants. To handle them, add >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001526
1527 :let eiffel_hex_constants=1
1528
1529to your startup file.
1530
1531
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001532EUPHORIA *euphoria3.vim* *euphoria4.vim* *ft-euphoria-syntax*
1533
Bram Moolenaar7ff78462020-07-10 22:00:53 +02001534Two syntax highlighting files exist for Euphoria. One for Euphoria
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001535version 3.1.1, which is the default syntax highlighting file, and one for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001536Euphoria version 4.0.5 or later.
1537
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001538Euphoria version 3.1.1 (http://www.rapideuphoria.com/ link seems dead) is
1539still necessary for developing applications for the DOS platform, which
1540Euphoria version 4 (http://www.openeuphoria.org/) does not support.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001541
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001542The following file extensions are auto-detected as Euphoria file type:
1543
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001544 *.e, *.eu, *.ew, *.ex, *.exu, *.exw
1545 *.E, *.EU, *.EW, *.EX, *.EXU, *.EXW
1546
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01001547To select syntax highlighting file for Euphoria, as well as for
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001548auto-detecting the *.e and *.E file extensions as Euphoria file type,
1549add the following line to your startup file: >
1550
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001551 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria3"
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001552
Bram Moolenaar4d8f4762021-06-27 15:18:56 +02001553< or >
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001554
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001555 :let g:filetype_euphoria = "euphoria4"
1556
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001557Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001558specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1559file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1560filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1561Elixir.
Bram Moolenaar08589172014-03-08 18:38:28 +01001562
1563
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001564ERLANG *erlang.vim* *ft-erlang-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001565
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001566Erlang is a functional programming language developed by Ericsson. Files with
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02001567the following extensions are recognized as Erlang files: erl, hrl, yaws.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001568
Bram Moolenaarad3b3662013-05-17 18:14:19 +02001569The BIFs (built-in functions) are highlighted by default. To disable this,
1570put the following line in your vimrc: >
1571
1572 :let g:erlang_highlight_bifs = 0
1573
1574To enable highlighting some special atoms, put this in your vimrc: >
1575
1576 :let g:erlang_highlight_special_atoms = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001577
1578
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001579ELIXIR *elixir.vim* *ft-elixir-syntax*
1580
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001581Elixir is a dynamic, functional language for building scalable and
1582maintainable applications.
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001583
1584The following file extensions are auto-detected as Elixir file types:
1585
1586 *.ex, *.exs, *.eex, *.leex, *.lock
1587
Bram Moolenaar2f0936c2022-01-08 21:51:59 +00001588Elixir and Euphoria share the *.ex file extension. If the filetype is
Bram Moolenaar90df4b92021-07-07 20:26:08 +02001589specifically set as Euphoria with the g:filetype_euphoria variable, or the
1590file is determined to be Euphoria based on keywords in the file, then the
1591filetype will be set as Euphoria. Otherwise, the filetype will default to
1592Elixir.
1593
1594
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001595FLEXWIKI *flexwiki.vim* *ft-flexwiki-syntax*
1596
Christian Brabandt1c5728e2024-05-11 11:12:40 +02001597FlexWiki is an ASP.NET-based wiki package which used to be available at
1598http://www.flexwiki.com
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001599NOTE: This site currently doesn't work, on Wikipedia is mentioned that
Bram Moolenaar446beb42011-05-10 17:18:44 +02001600development stopped in 2009.
Bram Moolenaard68071d2006-05-02 22:08:30 +00001601
1602Syntax highlighting is available for the most common elements of FlexWiki
1603syntax. The associated ftplugin script sets some buffer-local options to make
1604editing FlexWiki pages more convenient. FlexWiki considers a newline as the
1605start of a new paragraph, so the ftplugin sets 'tw'=0 (unlimited line length),
1606'wrap' (wrap long lines instead of using horizontal scrolling), 'linebreak'
1607(to wrap at a character in 'breakat' instead of at the last char on screen),
1608and so on. It also includes some keymaps that are disabled by default.
1609
1610If you want to enable the keymaps that make "j" and "k" and the cursor keys
1611move up and down by display lines, add this to your .vimrc: >
1612 :let flexwiki_maps = 1
1613
1614
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001615FORM *form.vim* *ft-form-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001616
1617The coloring scheme for syntax elements in the FORM file uses the default
1618modes Conditional, Number, Statement, Comment, PreProc, Type, and String,
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00001619following the language specifications in 'Symbolic Manipulation with FORM' by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001620J.A.M. Vermaseren, CAN, Netherlands, 1991.
1621
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01001622If you want to include your own changes to the default colors, you have to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001623redefine the following syntax groups:
1624
1625 - formConditional
1626 - formNumber
1627 - formStatement
1628 - formHeaderStatement
1629 - formComment
1630 - formPreProc
1631 - formDirective
1632 - formType
1633 - formString
1634
1635Note that the form.vim syntax file implements FORM preprocessor commands and
1636directives per default in the same syntax group.
1637
1638A predefined enhanced color mode for FORM is available to distinguish between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001639header statements and statements in the body of a FORM program. To activate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001640this mode define the following variable in your vimrc file >
1641
1642 :let form_enhanced_color=1
1643
1644The enhanced mode also takes advantage of additional color features for a dark
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001645gvim display. Here, statements are colored LightYellow instead of Yellow, and
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001646conditionals are LightBlue for better distinction.
1647
Bram Moolenaara2baa732022-02-04 16:09:54 +00001648Both Visual Basic and FORM use the extension ".frm". To detect which one
1649should be used, Vim checks for the string "VB_Name" in the first five lines of
1650the file. If it is found, filetype will be "vb", otherwise "form".
1651
1652If the automatic detection doesn't work for you or you only edit, for
1653example, FORM files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1654 :let filetype_frm = "form"
1655
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001656
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001657FORTH *forth.vim* *ft-forth-syntax*
1658
Doug Kearns19a3bc32023-08-20 20:51:12 +02001659Files matching "*.f" could be Fortran or Forth and those matching "*.fs" could
1660be F# or Forth. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you, or you don't
1661edit F# or Fortran at all, use this in your startup vimrc: >
1662 :let filetype_f = "forth"
Bram Moolenaar3d14c0f2021-11-27 17:22:07 +00001663 :let filetype_fs = "forth"
1664
1665
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001666FORTRAN *fortran.vim* *ft-fortran-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001667
1668Default highlighting and dialect ~
Ajit-Thakkare1ddc2d2024-01-24 15:08:34 -04001669Vim highlights according to Fortran 2023 (the most recent standard). This
1670choice should be appropriate for most users most of the time because Fortran
16712023 is almost a superset of previous versions (Fortran 2018, 2008, 2003, 95,
167290, 77, and 66). A few legacy constructs deleted or declared obsolescent,
1673respectively, in recent Fortran standards are highlighted as errors and todo
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001674items.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001675
1676The syntax script no longer supports Fortran dialects. The variable
1677fortran_dialect is now silently ignored. Since computers are much faster now,
1678the variable fortran_more_precise is no longer needed and is silently ignored.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001679
1680Fortran source code form ~
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001681Fortran code can be in either fixed or free source form. Note that the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001682syntax highlighting will not be correct if the form is incorrectly set.
1683
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001684When you create a new Fortran file, the syntax script assumes fixed source
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001685form. If you always use free source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001686 :let fortran_free_source=1
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001687in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command. If you always use fixed
1688source form, then >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001689 :let fortran_fixed_source=1
1690in your .vimrc prior to the :syntax on command.
1691
Bram Moolenaar256972a2015-12-29 19:10:25 +01001692If the form of the source code depends, in a non-standard way, upon the file
1693extension, then it is most convenient to set fortran_free_source in a ftplugin
1694file. For more information on ftplugin files, see |ftplugin|. Note that this
1695will work only if the "filetype plugin indent on" command precedes the "syntax
1696on" command in your .vimrc file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001697
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001698When you edit an existing Fortran file, the syntax script will assume free
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001699source form if the fortran_free_source variable has been set, and assumes
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001700fixed source form if the fortran_fixed_source variable has been set. Suppose
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01001701neither of these variables have been set. In that case, the syntax script
1702attempts to determine which source form has been used by examining the file
1703extension using conventions common to the ifort, gfortran, Cray, NAG, and
1704PathScale compilers (.f, .for, .f77 for fixed-source, .f90, .f95, .f03, .f08
1705for free-source). No default is used for the .fpp and .ftn file extensions
1706because different compilers treat them differently. If none of this works,
1707then the script examines the first five columns of the first 500 lines of your
1708file. If no signs of free source form are detected, then the file is assumed
1709to be in fixed source form. The algorithm should work in the vast majority of
1710cases. In some cases, such as a file that begins with 500 or more full-line
1711comments, the script may incorrectly decide that the code is in fixed form.
1712If that happens, just add a non-comment statement beginning anywhere in the
1713first five columns of the first twenty-five lines, save (:w), and then reload
1714(:e!) the file.
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001715
1716Vendor extensions ~
1717Fixed-form Fortran requires a maximum line length of 72 characters but the
1718script allows a maximum line length of 80 characters as do all compilers
1719created in the last three decades. An even longer line length of 132
1720characters is allowed if you set the variable fortran_extended_line_length
1721with a command such as >
zeertzjq61e984e2023-12-09 15:18:33 +08001722 :let fortran_extended_line_length=1
Ajit-Thakkar68630842023-12-05 23:07:27 +01001723placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1724
1725If you want additional highlighting of the CUDA Fortran extensions, you should
1726set the variable fortran_CUDA with a command such as >
1727 :let fortran_CUDA=1
1728placed prior to the :syntax on command.
1729
1730To activate recognition of some common, non-standard, vendor-supplied
1731intrinsics, you should set the variable fortran_vendor_intrinsics with a
1732command such as >
1733 :let fortran_vendor_intrinsics=1
1734placed prior to the :syntax on command.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001735
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001736Tabs in Fortran files ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001737Tabs are not recognized by the Fortran standards. Tabs are not a good idea in
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001738fixed format Fortran source code which requires fixed column boundaries.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001739Therefore, tabs are marked as errors. Nevertheless, some programmers like
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001740using tabs. If your Fortran files contain tabs, then you should set the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001741variable fortran_have_tabs in your .vimrc with a command such as >
1742 :let fortran_have_tabs=1
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001743placed prior to the :syntax on command. Unfortunately, the use of tabs will
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001744mean that the syntax file will not be able to detect incorrect margins.
1745
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001746Syntax folding of Fortran files ~
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001747Vim will fold your file using foldmethod=syntax, if you set the variable
1748fortran_fold in your .vimrc with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001749 :let fortran_fold=1
1750to instruct the syntax script to define fold regions for program units, that
1751is main programs starting with a program statement, subroutines, function
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001752subprograms, modules, submodules, blocks of comment lines, and block data
1753units. Block, interface, associate, critical, type definition, and change team
1754constructs will also be folded. If you also set the variable
1755fortran_fold_conditionals with a command such as >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001756 :let fortran_fold_conditionals=1
Ajit-Thakkard96f25b2023-12-29 11:29:43 -04001757then fold regions will also be defined for do loops, if blocks, select case,
Ajit-Thakkard94ca962024-01-03 14:58:21 -04001758select type, and select rank constructs. Note that defining fold regions can
1759be slow for large files.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001760
Bram Moolenaar6be7f872012-01-20 21:08:56 +01001761The syntax/fortran.vim script contains embedded comments that tell you how to
1762comment and/or uncomment some lines to (a) activate recognition of some
1763non-standard, vendor-supplied intrinsics and (b) to prevent features deleted
1764or declared obsolescent in the 2008 standard from being highlighted as todo
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02001765items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001766
1767Limitations ~
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001768Parenthesis checking does not catch too few closing parentheses. Hollerith
1769strings are not recognized. Some keywords may be highlighted incorrectly
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001770because Fortran90 has no reserved words.
1771
Ajit-Thakkar71cbe8e2023-12-18 08:53:21 +01001772For further information related to Fortran, see |ft-fortran-indent| and
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001773|ft-fortran-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001774
Bram Moolenaar0d878b92022-07-01 18:45:04 +01001775FREEBASIC *freebasic.vim* *ft-freebasic-syntax*
1776
1777FreeBASIC files will be highlighted differently for each of the four available
1778dialects, "fb", "qb", "fblite" and "deprecated". See |ft-freebasic-plugin|
1779for how to select the correct dialect.
1780
1781Highlighting is further configurable via the following variables.
1782
1783Variable Highlight ~
1784*freebasic_no_comment_fold* disable multiline comment folding
1785*freebasic_operators* non-alpha operators
1786*freebasic_space_errors* trailing white space and spaces before a <Tab>
1787*freebasic_type_suffixes* QuickBASIC style type suffixes
1788
1789
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001790
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001791FVWM CONFIGURATION FILES *fvwm.vim* *ft-fvwm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001792
1793In order for Vim to recognize Fvwm configuration files that do not match
1794the patterns *fvwmrc* or *fvwm2rc* , you must put additional patterns
1795appropriate to your system in your myfiletypes.vim file. For these
1796patterns, you must set the variable "b:fvwm_version" to the major version
1797number of Fvwm, and the 'filetype' option to fvwm.
1798
1799For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/X11/fvwm2/
1800as Fvwm2 configuration files, add the following: >
1801
1802 :au! BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/X11/fvwm2/* let b:fvwm_version = 2 |
1803 \ set filetype=fvwm
1804
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001805GSP *gsp.vim* *ft-gsp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001806
1807The default coloring style for GSP pages is defined by |html.vim|, and
1808the coloring for java code (within java tags or inline between backticks)
1809is defined by |java.vim|. The following HTML groups defined in |html.vim|
1810are redefined to incorporate and highlight inline java code:
1811
1812 htmlString
1813 htmlValue
1814 htmlEndTag
1815 htmlTag
1816 htmlTagN
1817
1818Highlighting should look fine most of the places where you'd see inline
1819java code, but in some special cases it may not. To add another HTML
1820group where you will have inline java code where it does not highlight
1821correctly, just copy the line you want from |html.vim| and add gspJava
1822to the contains clause.
1823
1824The backticks for inline java are highlighted according to the htmlError
1825group to make them easier to see.
1826
1827
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001828GROFF *groff.vim* *ft-groff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001829
1830The groff syntax file is a wrapper for |nroff.vim|, see the notes
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001831under that heading for examples of use and configuration. The purpose
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001832of this wrapper is to set up groff syntax extensions by setting the
1833filetype from a |modeline| or in a personal filetype definitions file
1834(see |filetype.txt|).
1835
1836
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001837HASKELL *haskell.vim* *lhaskell.vim* *ft-haskell-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001838
1839The Haskell syntax files support plain Haskell code as well as literate
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001840Haskell code, the latter in both Bird style and TeX style. The Haskell
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001841syntax highlighting will also highlight C preprocessor directives.
1842
1843If you want to highlight delimiter characters (useful if you have a
1844light-coloured background), add to your .vimrc: >
1845 :let hs_highlight_delimiters = 1
1846To treat True and False as keywords as opposed to ordinary identifiers,
1847add: >
1848 :let hs_highlight_boolean = 1
1849To also treat the names of primitive types as keywords: >
1850 :let hs_highlight_types = 1
1851And to treat the names of even more relatively common types as keywords: >
1852 :let hs_highlight_more_types = 1
1853If you want to highlight the names of debugging functions, put in
1854your .vimrc: >
1855 :let hs_highlight_debug = 1
1856
1857The Haskell syntax highlighting also highlights C preprocessor
1858directives, and flags lines that start with # but are not valid
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001859directives as erroneous. This interferes with Haskell's syntax for
1860operators, as they may start with #. If you want to highlight those
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001861as operators as opposed to errors, put in your .vimrc: >
1862 :let hs_allow_hash_operator = 1
1863
1864The syntax highlighting for literate Haskell code will try to
1865automatically guess whether your literate Haskell code contains
1866TeX markup or not, and correspondingly highlight TeX constructs
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001867or nothing at all. You can override this globally by putting
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001868in your .vimrc >
1869 :let lhs_markup = none
1870for no highlighting at all, or >
1871 :let lhs_markup = tex
1872to force the highlighting to always try to highlight TeX markup.
1873For more flexibility, you may also use buffer local versions of
1874this variable, so e.g. >
1875 :let b:lhs_markup = tex
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001876will force TeX highlighting for a particular buffer. It has to be
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001877set before turning syntax highlighting on for the buffer or
1878loading a file.
1879
1880
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001881HTML *html.vim* *ft-html-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001882
1883The coloring scheme for tags in the HTML file works as follows.
1884
1885The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
1886This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01001887closing tags the 'Identifier' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those
1888are defined for you)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001889
1890Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
1891names are colored with the same color as the <> or </> respectively which
1892makes it easy to spot errors
1893
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001894Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001895names are colored differently than unknown ones.
1896
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001897Some HTML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001898are recognized by the html.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
1899text is shown: <B> <I> <U> <EM> <STRONG> (<EM> is used as an alias for <I>,
1900while <STRONG> as an alias for <B>), <H1> - <H6>, <HEAD>, <TITLE> and <A>, but
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001901only if used as a link (that is, it must include a href as in
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00001902<A href="somefile.html">).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001903
1904If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
1905following syntax groups:
1906
1907 - htmlBold
1908 - htmlBoldUnderline
1909 - htmlBoldUnderlineItalic
1910 - htmlUnderline
1911 - htmlUnderlineItalic
1912 - htmlItalic
1913 - htmlTitle for titles
1914 - htmlH1 - htmlH6 for headings
1915
1916To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all with the exception
1917of the last two (htmlTitle and htmlH[1-6], which are optional) and define the
1918following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
1919are read during initialization) >
1920 :let html_my_rendering=1
1921
1922If you'd like to see an example download mysyntax.vim at
1923http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html
1924
1925You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
1926vimrc file: >
1927 :let html_no_rendering=1
1928
Christian Brabandtdf9f67e2024-07-30 20:19:15 +02001929By default Vim synchronises the syntax to 250 lines before the first displayed
1930line. This can be configured using: >
1931 :let html_minlines = 500
1932<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001933HTML comments are rather special (see an HTML reference document for the
1934details), and the syntax coloring scheme will highlight all errors.
1935However, if you prefer to use the wrong style (starts with <!-- and
Bram Moolenaar8bb1c3e2014-07-04 16:43:17 +02001936ends with -->) you can define >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001937 :let html_wrong_comments=1
1938
1939JavaScript and Visual Basic embedded inside HTML documents are highlighted as
1940'Special' with statements, comments, strings and so on colored as in standard
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01001941programming languages. Note that only JavaScript and Visual Basic are
1942currently supported, no other scripting language has been added yet.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001943
1944Embedded and inlined cascading style sheets (CSS) are highlighted too.
1945
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00001946There are several html preprocessor languages out there. html.vim has been
1947written such that it should be trivial to include it. To do so add the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001948following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
1949(the example comes from the asp.vim file):
Bram Moolenaar30e9b3c2019-09-07 16:24:12 +02001950>
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001951 runtime! syntax/html.vim
1952 syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
1953
1954Now you just need to make sure that you add all regions that contain
1955the preprocessor language to the cluster htmlPreproc.
1956
Bram Moolenaard13166e2022-11-18 21:49:57 +00001957 *html-folding*
1958The HTML syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between start
1959and end tags. This can be turned on by >
1960
1961 :let g:html_syntax_folding = 1
1962 :set foldmethod=syntax
1963
1964Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
1965especially for large files.
1966
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001967
h-east9c4389a2024-06-09 16:32:19 +02001968HTML/OS (BY AESTIVA) *htmlos.vim* *ft-htmlos-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001969
1970The coloring scheme for HTML/OS works as follows:
1971
1972Functions and variable names are the same color by default, because VIM
1973doesn't specify different colors for Functions and Identifiers. To change
1974this (which is recommended if you want function names to be recognizable in a
1975different color) you need to add the following line to either your ~/.vimrc: >
1976 :hi Function term=underline cterm=bold ctermfg=LightGray
1977
1978Of course, the ctermfg can be a different color if you choose.
1979
1980Another issues that HTML/OS runs into is that there is no special filetype to
1981signify that it is a file with HTML/OS coding. You can change this by opening
1982a file and turning on HTML/OS syntax by doing the following: >
1983 :set syntax=htmlos
1984
1985Lastly, it should be noted that the opening and closing characters to begin a
1986block of HTML/OS code can either be << or [[ and >> or ]], respectively.
1987
1988
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001989IA64 *ia64.vim* *intel-itanium* *ft-ia64-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001990
1991Highlighting for the Intel Itanium 64 assembly language. See |asm.vim| for
1992how to recognize this filetype.
1993
1994To have *.inc files be recognized as IA64, add this to your .vimrc file: >
1995 :let g:filetype_inc = "ia64"
1996
1997
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00001998INFORM *inform.vim* *ft-inform-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00001999
2000Inform highlighting includes symbols provided by the Inform Library, as
2001most programs make extensive use of it. If do not wish Library symbols
2002to be highlighted add this to your vim startup: >
2003 :let inform_highlight_simple=1
2004
2005By default it is assumed that Inform programs are Z-machine targeted,
2006and highlights Z-machine assembly language symbols appropriately. If
2007you intend your program to be targeted to a Glulx/Glk environment you
2008need to add this to your startup sequence: >
2009 :let inform_highlight_glulx=1
2010
2011This will highlight Glulx opcodes instead, and also adds glk() to the
2012set of highlighted system functions.
2013
2014The Inform compiler will flag certain obsolete keywords as errors when
2015it encounters them. These keywords are normally highlighted as errors
2016by Vim. To prevent such error highlighting, you must add this to your
2017startup sequence: >
2018 :let inform_suppress_obsolete=1
2019
2020By default, the language features highlighted conform to Compiler
2021version 6.30 and Library version 6.11. If you are using an older
2022Inform development environment, you may with to add this to your
2023startup sequence: >
2024 :let inform_highlight_old=1
2025
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002026IDL *idl.vim* *idl-syntax*
2027
2028IDL (Interface Definition Language) files are used to define RPC calls. In
2029Microsoft land, this is also used for defining COM interfaces and calls.
2030
2031IDL's structure is simple enough to permit a full grammar based approach to
2032rather than using a few heuristics. The result is large and somewhat
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00002033repetitive but seems to work.
Bram Moolenaar9e54a0e2006-04-14 20:42:25 +00002034
2035There are some Microsoft extensions to idl files that are here. Some of them
2036are disabled by defining idl_no_ms_extensions.
2037
2038The more complex of the extensions are disabled by defining idl_no_extensions.
2039
2040Variable Effect ~
2041
2042idl_no_ms_extensions Disable some of the Microsoft specific
2043 extensions
2044idl_no_extensions Disable complex extensions
2045idlsyntax_showerror Show IDL errors (can be rather intrusive, but
2046 quite helpful)
2047idlsyntax_showerror_soft Use softer colours by default for errors
2048
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002049
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002050JAVA *java.vim* *ft-java-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002051
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002052The java.vim syntax highlighting file offers several options.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002053
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002054In Java 1.0.2, it was never possible to have braces inside parens, so this was
2055flagged as an error. Since Java 1.1, this is possible (with anonymous
2056classes); and, therefore, is no longer marked as an error. If you prefer the
2057old way, put the following line into your Vim startup file: >
2058 :let g:java_mark_braces_in_parens_as_errors = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002059
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002060All (exported) public types declared in `java.lang` are always automatically
2061imported and available as simple names. To highlight them, use: >
2062 :let g:java_highlight_java_lang_ids = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002063
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002064You can also highlight types of most standard Java packages if you download
2065the javaid.vim script at http://www.fleiner.com/vim/download.html. If you
2066prefer to only highlight types of a certain package, say `java.io`, use the
2067following: >
2068 :let g:java_highlight_java_io = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002069Check the javaid.vim file for a list of all the packages that are supported.
2070
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002071Headers of indented function declarations can be highlighted (along with parts
2072of lambda expressions and method reference expressions), but it depends on how
2073you write Java code. Two formats are recognized:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002074
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +020020751) If you write function declarations that are consistently indented by either
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002076a tab, or a space . . . or eight space character(s), you may want to set one
2077of >
2078 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent"
2079 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent1"
2080 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent2"
2081 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent3"
2082 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent4"
2083 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent5"
2084 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent6"
2085 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent7"
2086 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "indent8"
Aliaksei Budaveic4d0c8c2024-04-29 21:24:35 +03002087Note that in terms of 'shiftwidth', this is the leftmost step of indentation.
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002088
20892) However, if you follow the Java guidelines about how functions and types
2090are supposed to be named (with respect to upper- and lowercase) and there is
2091any amount of indentation, you may want to set >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002092 :let g:java_highlight_functions = "style"
Aliaksei Budaveie73e5b82024-07-24 20:15:15 +02002093
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002094In addition, you can combine any value of "g:java_highlight_functions" with >
2095 :let g:java_highlight_signature = 1
Aliaksei Budavei01a4fb12024-06-23 10:03:33 +02002096to have the name of a function with its parameter list parens distinctly
2097highlighted from its type parameters, return type, and formal parameters; and
2098to have the parameter list parens of a lambda expression with its arrow
2099distinctly highlighted from its formal parameters or identifiers.
2100
Aliaksei Budaveibeb02ed2024-06-20 21:00:53 +02002101If neither setting does work for you, but you would still want headers of
2102function declarations to be highlighted, modify the current syntax definitions
2103or compose new ones.
2104
2105Higher-order function types can be hard to parse by eye, so uniformly toning
2106down some of their components may be of value. Provided that such type names
2107conform to the Java naming guidelines, you may arrange it with >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002108 :let g:java_highlight_generics = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002109
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002110In Java 1.1, the functions `System.out.println()` and `System.err.println()`
2111should only be used for debugging. Consider adding the following definition
2112in your startup file: >
2113 :let g:java_highlight_debug = 1
2114to have the bulk of those statements colored as
2115 *Debug debugging statements,
2116and to make some of their own items further grouped and linked:
2117 *Special as DebugSpecial,
2118 *String as DebugString,
2119 *Boolean as DebugBoolean,
2120 *Type as DebugType,
2121which are used for special characters appearing in strings, strings proper,
2122boolean literals, and special instance references (`super`, `this`, `null`),
2123respectively.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002124
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002125Javadoc is a program that takes special comments out of Java program files and
2126creates HTML pages. The standard configuration will highlight this HTML code
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002127similarly to HTML files (see |html.vim|). You can even add JavaScript and CSS
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002128inside this code (see below). The HTML rendering and the Markdown rendering
2129diverge as follows:
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002130 1. The first sentence (all characters up to the first period `.`, which is
2131 followed by a whitespace character or a line terminator, or up to the
2132 first block tag, e.g. `@param`, `@return`) is colored as
2133 *SpecialComment special comments.
2134 2. The text is colored as
2135 *Comment comments.
2136 3. HTML comments are colored as
2137 *Special special symbols.
2138 4. The standard Javadoc tags (`@code`, `@see`, etc.) are colored as
2139 *Special special symbols
2140 and some of their arguments are colored as
2141 *Function function names.
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002142To turn this feature off for both HTML and Markdown, add the following line to
2143your startup file: >
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002144 :let g:java_ignore_javadoc = 1
Aliaksei Budavei85f054a2024-09-30 19:40:04 +02002145Alternatively, only suppress HTML comments or Markdown comments: >
2146 :let g:java_ignore_html = 1
2147 :let g:java_ignore_markdown = 1
2148
2149See |ft-java-plugin| for additional support available for Markdown comments.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002150
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002151If you use the special Javadoc comment highlighting described above, you can
2152also turn on special highlighting for JavaScript, Visual Basic scripts, and
2153embedded CSS (stylesheets). This only makes sense if any of these languages
2154actually appear in Javadoc comments. The variables to use are >
2155 :let g:java_javascript = 1
2156 :let g:java_css = 1
2157 :let g:java_vb = 1
2158Note that these three variables are maintained in the HTML syntax file.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002159
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002160Numbers and strings can be recognized in non-Javadoc comments with >
2161 :let g:java_comment_strings = 1
2162
Aliaksei Budavei2750b832024-08-22 21:09:32 +02002163When 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax", blocks of code and multi-line comments
2164will be folded. No text is usually written in the first line of a multi-line
2165comment, making folded contents of Javadoc comments less informative with the
2166default 'foldtext' value; you may opt for showing the contents of a second
2167line for any comments written in this way, and showing the contents of a first
2168line otherwise, with >
2169 :let g:java_foldtext_show_first_or_second_line = 1
2170
Aliaksei Budavei30a8ad62024-07-31 22:16:08 +02002171Trailing whitespace characters or a run of space characters before a tab
2172character can be marked as an error with >
2173 :let g:java_space_errors = 1
2174but either kind of an error can be suppressed by also defining one of >
2175 :let g:java_no_trail_space_error = 1
2176 :let g:java_no_tab_space_error = 1
2177
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002178In order to highlight nested parens with different colors, define colors for
2179`javaParen`, `javaParen1`, and `javaParen2`. For example, >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002180 :hi link javaParen Comment
2181or >
2182 :hi javaParen ctermfg=blue guifg=#0000ff
2183
Aliaksei Budavei5e95c8f2024-09-15 19:53:50 +02002184Certain modifiers are incompatible with each other, e.g. `abstract` and
2185`final`: >
2186 :syn list javaConceptKind
2187and can be differently highlighted as a group than other modifiers with >
2188 :hi link javaConceptKind NonText
2189
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002190If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
Aliaksei Budavei3749dff2024-07-31 22:13:25 +02002191when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "g:java_minlines" variable to
2192a larger number: >
2193 :let g:java_minlines = 50
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002194This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
2195displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
2196number is that redrawing can become slow.
2197
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002198Significant changes to the Java platform are gradually introduced in the form
2199of JDK Enhancement Proposals (JEPs) that can be implemented for a release and
2200offered as its preview features. It may take several JEPs and a few release
2201cycles for such a feature to become either integrated into the platform or
2202withdrawn from this effort. To cater for early adopters, there is optional
2203support in Vim for syntax related preview features that are implemented. You
2204can request it by specifying a list of preview feature numbers as follows: >
Aliaksei Budavei1054b182025-03-29 09:16:30 +01002205 :let g:java_syntax_previews = [488, 494]
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002206
2207The supported JEP numbers are to be drawn from this table:
2208 `430`: String Templates [JDK 21]
Aliaksei Budavei1054b182025-03-29 09:16:30 +01002209 `488`: Primitive types in Patterns, instanceof, and switch
2210 `494`: Module Import Declarations
Aliaksei Budavei8556e232024-08-27 22:32:13 +02002211
2212Note that as soon as the particular preview feature will have been integrated
2213into the Java platform, its entry will be removed from the table and related
2214optionality will be discontinued.
2215
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002216
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002217JSON *json.vim* *ft-json-syntax* *g:vim_json_conceal*
h-east738ebfe2024-10-05 16:56:47 +02002218 *g:vim_json_warnings*
Bram Moolenaar589edb32019-09-20 14:38:13 +02002219
2220The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
2221default. To disable concealment: >
2222 let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
2223
2224To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
2225 let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
2226
2227
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002228JQ *jq.vim* *jq_quote_highlight* *ft-jq-syntax*
2229
2230To disable numbers having their own color add the following to your vimrc: >
2231 hi link jqNumber Normal
2232
2233If you want quotes to have different highlighting than strings >
2234 let g:jq_quote_highlight = 1
2235
Christian Brabandt4335fcf2025-01-20 21:01:41 +01002236KCONFIG *ft-kconfig-syntax*
2237
2238Kconfig syntax highlighting language. For syntax syncing, you can configure
2239the following variable (default: 50): >
2240
2241 let kconfig_minlines = 50
2242
2243To configure a bit more (heavier) highlighting, set the following variable: >
2244
2245 let kconfig_syntax_heavy = 1
Vito79952b92024-04-26 22:36:20 +02002246
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002247LACE *lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002248
2249Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
2250style guide lines are not. If you prefer case insensitive highlighting, just
2251define the vim variable 'lace_case_insensitive' in your startup file: >
2252 :let lace_case_insensitive=1
2253
2254
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002255LF (LFRC) *lf.vim* *ft-lf-syntax* *g:lf_shell_syntax*
2256 *b:lf_shell_syntax*
2257
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002258For the lf file manager configuration files (lfrc) the shell commands syntax
2259highlighting can be changed globally and per buffer by setting a different
2260'include' command search pattern using these variables: >
Andis Spriņķis0f146b72024-10-13 19:29:56 +02002261 let g:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/dosbatch.vim"
2262 let b:lf_shell_syntax = "syntax/zsh.vim"
2263
2264These variables are unset by default.
2265
2266The default 'include' command search pattern is 'syntax/sh.vim'.
2267
2268
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002269LEX *lex.vim* *ft-lex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002270
2271Lex uses brute-force synchronizing as the "^%%$" section delimiter
2272gives no clue as to what section follows. Consequently, the value for >
2273 :syn sync minlines=300
2274may be changed by the user if s/he is experiencing synchronization
2275difficulties (such as may happen with large lex files).
2276
2277
Bram Moolenaar6fc45b52010-07-25 17:42:45 +02002278LIFELINES *lifelines.vim* *ft-lifelines-syntax*
2279
2280To highlight deprecated functions as errors, add in your .vimrc: >
2281
2282 :let g:lifelines_deprecated = 1
2283<
2284
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002285LISP *lisp.vim* *ft-lisp-syntax*
2286
2287The lisp syntax highlighting provides two options: >
2288
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002289 g:lisp_instring : If it exists, then "(...)" strings are highlighted
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002290 as if the contents of the string were lisp.
2291 Useful for AutoLisp.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002292 g:lisp_rainbow : If it exists and is nonzero, then differing levels
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002293 of parenthesization will receive different
2294 highlighting.
2295<
2296The g:lisp_rainbow option provides 10 levels of individual colorization for
2297the parentheses and backquoted parentheses. Because of the quantity of
2298colorization levels, unlike non-rainbow highlighting, the rainbow mode
2299specifies its highlighting using ctermfg and guifg, thereby bypassing the
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02002300usual color scheme control using standard highlighting groups. The actual
Bram Moolenaara5fac542005-10-12 20:58:49 +00002301highlighting used depends on the dark/bright setting (see |'bg'|).
2302
2303
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002304LITE *lite.vim* *ft-lite-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002305
2306There are two options for the lite syntax highlighting.
2307
2308If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2309
2310 :let lite_sql_query = 1
2311
2312For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2313set "lite_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2314
2315 :let lite_minlines = 200
2316
2317
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002318LPC *lpc.vim* *ft-lpc-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002319
Bram Moolenaard2f3a8b2018-06-19 14:35:59 +02002320LPC stands for a simple, memory-efficient language: Lars Pensjö C. The
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002321file name of LPC is usually *.c. Recognizing these files as LPC would bother
2322users writing only C programs. If you want to use LPC syntax in Vim, you
2323should set a variable in your .vimrc file: >
2324
2325 :let lpc_syntax_for_c = 1
2326
2327If it doesn't work properly for some particular C or LPC files, use a
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002328modeline. For a LPC file: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002329
2330 // vim:set ft=lpc:
2331
Christian Brabandt596ad662023-08-16 00:11:09 +02002332For a C file that is recognized as LPC: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002333
2334 // vim:set ft=c:
2335
2336If you don't want to set the variable, use the modeline in EVERY LPC file.
2337
2338There are several implementations for LPC, we intend to support most widely
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002339used ones. Here the default LPC syntax is for MudOS series, for MudOS v22
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002340and before, you should turn off the sensible modifiers, and this will also
Bram Moolenaar7e38ea22014-04-05 22:55:53 +02002341assert the new efuns after v22 to be invalid, don't set this variable when
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002342you are using the latest version of MudOS: >
2343
2344 :let lpc_pre_v22 = 1
2345
2346For LpMud 3.2 series of LPC: >
2347
2348 :let lpc_compat_32 = 1
2349
2350For LPC4 series of LPC: >
2351
2352 :let lpc_use_lpc4_syntax = 1
2353
2354For uLPC series of LPC:
2355uLPC has been developed to Pike, so you should use Pike syntax
2356instead, and the name of your source file should be *.pike
2357
2358
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002359LUA *lua.vim* *ft-lua-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002360
brianhuster00a00f52025-02-25 20:22:18 +01002361The Lua syntax file can be used for versions 4.0, 5.0+. You can select one of
2362these versions using the global variables |g:lua_version| and
2363|g:lua_subversion|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002364
2365
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002366MAIL *mail.vim* *ft-mail.vim*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002367
2368Vim highlights all the standard elements of an email (headers, signatures,
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002369quoted text and URLs / email addresses). In keeping with standard conventions,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002370signatures begin in a line containing only "--" followed optionally by
2371whitespaces and end with a newline.
2372
2373Vim treats lines beginning with ']', '}', '|', '>' or a word followed by '>'
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002374as quoted text. However Vim highlights headers and signatures in quoted text
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002375only if the text is quoted with '>' (optionally followed by one space).
2376
2377By default mail.vim synchronises syntax to 100 lines before the first
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002378displayed line. If you have a slow machine, and generally deal with emails
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002379with short headers, you can change this to a smaller value: >
2380
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002381 :let mail_minlines = 30
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002382
2383
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002384MAKE *make.vim* *ft-make-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002385
2386In makefiles, commands are usually highlighted to make it easy for you to spot
2387errors. However, this may be too much coloring for you. You can turn this
2388feature off by using: >
2389
2390 :let make_no_commands = 1
2391
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002392Comments are also highlighted by default. You can turn this off by using: >
2393
2394 :let make_no_comments = 1
2395
Eisuke Kawashimaf35bd762025-04-15 19:20:06 +02002396There are various Make implementations, which add extensions other than the
2397POSIX specification and thus are mutually incompatible. If the filename is
2398BSDmakefile or GNUmakefile, the corresponding implementation is automatically
2399determined; otherwise vim tries to detect it by the file contents. If you see
2400any wrong highlights because of this, you can enforce a flavor by setting one
2401of the following: >
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002402
Eisuke Kawashimaf35bd762025-04-15 19:20:06 +02002403 :let g:make_flavor = 'bsd' " or
2404 :let g:make_flavor = 'gnu' " or
2405 :let g:make_flavor = 'microsoft'
Ken Takataeb4b9032024-07-25 21:07:13 +02002406
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002407
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002408MAPLE *maple.vim* *ft-maple-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002409
2410Maple V, by Waterloo Maple Inc, supports symbolic algebra. The language
2411supports many packages of functions which are selectively loaded by the user.
2412The standard set of packages' functions as supplied in Maple V release 4 may be
2413highlighted at the user's discretion. Users may place in their .vimrc file: >
2414
2415 :let mvpkg_all= 1
2416
2417to get all package functions highlighted, or users may select any subset by
2418choosing a variable/package from the table below and setting that variable to
24191, also in their .vimrc file (prior to sourcing
2420$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syntax.vim).
2421
2422 Table of Maple V Package Function Selectors >
2423 mv_DEtools mv_genfunc mv_networks mv_process
2424 mv_Galois mv_geometry mv_numapprox mv_simplex
2425 mv_GaussInt mv_grobner mv_numtheory mv_stats
2426 mv_LREtools mv_group mv_orthopoly mv_student
2427 mv_combinat mv_inttrans mv_padic mv_sumtools
2428 mv_combstruct mv_liesymm mv_plots mv_tensor
2429 mv_difforms mv_linalg mv_plottools mv_totorder
2430 mv_finance mv_logic mv_powseries
2431
2432
JJCUBERdc831db2024-08-13 23:42:36 +02002433MARKDOWN *ft-markdown-syntax* *g:markdown_minlines*
2434 *g:markdown_fenced_languages* *g:markdown_syntax_conceal*
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002435
2436If you have long regions there might be wrong highlighting. At the cost of
2437slowing down displaying, you can have the engine look further back to sync on
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002438the start of a region, for example 500 lines (default is 50): >
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002439
2440 :let g:markdown_minlines = 500
2441
Christian Brabandt675cbfb2024-03-10 19:32:55 +01002442If you want to enable fenced code block syntax highlighting in your markdown
2443documents you can enable like this: >
2444
2445 :let g:markdown_fenced_languages = ['html', 'python', 'bash=sh']
2446
2447To disable markdown syntax concealing add the following to your vimrc: >
2448
2449 :let g:markdown_syntax_conceal = 0
2450
Bram Moolenaarce001a32022-04-27 15:25:03 +01002451
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002452MATHEMATICA *mma.vim* *ft-mma-syntax* *ft-mathematica-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002453
2454Empty *.m files will automatically be presumed to be Matlab files unless you
2455have the following in your .vimrc: >
2456
2457 let filetype_m = "mma"
2458
Pierrick Guillaume836b87d2025-04-13 18:25:33 +02002459MBSYNC *mbsync.vim* *ft-mbsync-syntax*
2460
2461The mbsync application uses a configuration file to setup mailboxes names,
2462user and password. All files ending with `.mbsyncrc` or with the name
2463`isyncrc` will be recognized as mbsync configuration files.
2464
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002465MEDIAWIKI *ft-mediawiki-syntax*
2466
Stanislav Asunkindd36d6c2024-08-14 14:43:30 +02002467By default, syntax highlighting includes basic HTML tags like style and
AvidSeekerb5844102024-07-16 21:10:50 +02002468headers |html.vim|. For strict Mediawiki syntax highlighting: >
2469
2470 let g:html_no_rendering = 1
2471
2472If HTML highlighting is desired, terminal-based text formatting such as bold
2473and italic is possible by: >
2474
2475 let g:html_style_rendering = 1
Bram Moolenaar34cdc3e2005-05-18 22:24:46 +00002476
Doug Kearns68a89472024-01-05 17:59:04 +01002477MODULA2 *modula2.vim* *ft-modula2-syntax*
2478
2479Vim will recognise comments with dialect tags to automatically select a given
2480dialect.
2481
2482The syntax for a dialect tag comment is: >
2483
2484 taggedComment :=
2485 '(*!' dialectTag '*)'
2486 ;
2487
2488 dialectTag :=
2489 m2pim | m2iso | m2r10
2490 ;
2491
2492 reserved words
2493 m2pim = 'm2pim', m2iso = 'm2iso', m2r10 = 'm2r10'
2494
2495A dialect tag comment is recognised by Vim if it occurs within the first 200
2496lines of the source file. Only the very first such comment is recognised, any
2497additional dialect tag comments are ignored.
2498
2499Example: >
2500
2501 DEFINITION MODULE FooLib; (*!m2pim*)
2502 ...
2503
2504Variable g:modula2_default_dialect sets the default Modula-2 dialect when the
2505dialect cannot be determined from the contents of the Modula-2 file: if
2506defined and set to 'm2pim', the default dialect is PIM.
2507
2508Example: >
2509
2510 let g:modula2_default_dialect = 'm2pim'
2511
2512
2513Highlighting is further configurable for each dialect via the following
2514variables.
2515
2516Variable Highlight ~
2517*modula2_iso_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2518*modula2_iso_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2519*modula2_iso_disallow_synonyms* disallow "@", "&" and "~" synonyms
2520
2521*modula2_pim_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2522*modula2_pim_disallow_octals* disallow octal integer literals
2523*modula2_pim_disallow_synonyms* disallow "&" and "~" synonyms
2524
2525*modula2_r10_allow_lowline* allow low line in identifiers
2526
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002527MOO *moo.vim* *ft-moo-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002528
2529If you use C-style comments inside expressions and find it mangles your
2530highlighting, you may want to use extended (slow!) matches for C-style
2531comments: >
2532
2533 :let moo_extended_cstyle_comments = 1
2534
2535To disable highlighting of pronoun substitution patterns inside strings: >
2536
2537 :let moo_no_pronoun_sub = 1
2538
2539To disable highlighting of the regular expression operator '%|', and matching
2540'%(' and '%)' inside strings: >
2541
2542 :let moo_no_regexp = 1
2543
2544Unmatched double quotes can be recognized and highlighted as errors: >
2545
2546 :let moo_unmatched_quotes = 1
2547
2548To highlight builtin properties (.name, .location, .programmer etc.): >
2549
2550 :let moo_builtin_properties = 1
2551
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002552Unknown builtin functions can be recognized and highlighted as errors. If you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002553use this option, add your own extensions to the mooKnownBuiltinFunction group.
2554To enable this option: >
2555
2556 :let moo_unknown_builtin_functions = 1
2557
2558An example of adding sprintf() to the list of known builtin functions: >
2559
2560 :syn keyword mooKnownBuiltinFunction sprintf contained
2561
2562
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002563MSQL *msql.vim* *ft-msql-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002564
2565There are two options for the msql syntax highlighting.
2566
2567If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
2568
2569 :let msql_sql_query = 1
2570
2571For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
2572set "msql_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
2573
2574 :let msql_minlines = 200
2575
2576
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002577NEOMUTT *neomutt.vim* *ft-neomuttrc-syntax*
2578 *ft-neomuttlog-syntax*
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002579
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002580To disable the default NeoMutt log colors: >
Richard Russona2aa9212024-10-13 19:40:43 +02002581
2582 :let g:neolog_disable_default_colors = 1
2583
Bram Moolenaarc572da52017-08-27 16:52:01 +02002584N1QL *n1ql.vim* *ft-n1ql-syntax*
2585
2586N1QL is a SQL-like declarative language for manipulating JSON documents in
2587Couchbase Server databases.
2588
2589Vim syntax highlights N1QL statements, keywords, operators, types, comments,
2590and special values. Vim ignores syntactical elements specific to SQL or its
2591many dialects, like COLUMN or CHAR, that don't exist in N1QL.
2592
2593
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002594NCF *ncf.vim* *ft-ncf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002595
2596There is one option for NCF syntax highlighting.
2597
2598If you want to have unrecognized (by ncf.vim) statements highlighted as
2599errors, use this: >
2600
2601 :let ncf_highlight_unknowns = 1
2602
2603If you don't want to highlight these errors, leave it unset.
2604
2605
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002606NROFF *nroff.vim* *ft-nroff-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002607
2608The nroff syntax file works with AT&T n/troff out of the box. You need to
2609activate the GNU groff extra features included in the syntax file before you
2610can use them.
2611
2612For example, Linux and BSD distributions use groff as their default text
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002613processing package. In order to activate the extra syntax highlighting
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002614features for groff, arrange for files to be recognized as groff (see
2615|ft-groff-syntax|) or add the following option to your start-up files: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002616
Bram Moolenaardad44732021-03-31 20:07:33 +02002617 :let nroff_is_groff = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002618
2619Groff is different from the old AT&T n/troff that you may still find in
2620Solaris. Groff macro and request names can be longer than 2 characters and
2621there are extensions to the language primitives. For example, in AT&T troff
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002622you access the year as a 2-digit number with the request \(yr. In groff you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002623can use the same request, recognized for compatibility, or you can use groff's
2624native syntax, \[yr]. Furthermore, you can use a 4-digit year directly:
2625\[year]. Macro requests can be longer than 2 characters, for example, GNU mm
2626accepts the requests ".VERBON" and ".VERBOFF" for creating verbatim
2627environments.
2628
2629In order to obtain the best formatted output g/troff can give you, you should
2630follow a few simple rules about spacing and punctuation.
2631
26321. Do not leave empty spaces at the end of lines.
2633
26342. Leave one space and one space only after an end-of-sentence period,
2635 exclamation mark, etc.
2636
26373. For reasons stated below, it is best to follow all period marks with a
2638 carriage return.
2639
2640The reason behind these unusual tips is that g/n/troff have a line breaking
2641algorithm that can be easily upset if you don't follow the rules given above.
2642
2643Unlike TeX, troff fills text line-by-line, not paragraph-by-paragraph and,
2644furthermore, it does not have a concept of glue or stretch, all horizontal and
2645vertical space input will be output as is.
2646
2647Therefore, you should be careful about not using more space between sentences
2648than you intend to have in your final document. For this reason, the common
2649practice is to insert a carriage return immediately after all punctuation
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002650marks. If you want to have "even" text in your final processed output, you
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02002651need to maintain regular spacing in the input text. To mark both trailing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002652spaces and two or more spaces after a punctuation as an error, use: >
2653
2654 :let nroff_space_errors = 1
2655
2656Another technique to detect extra spacing and other errors that will interfere
2657with the correct typesetting of your file, is to define an eye-catching
2658highlighting definition for the syntax groups "nroffDefinition" and
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002659"nroffDefSpecial" in your configuration files. For example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002660
2661 hi def nroffDefinition term=italic cterm=italic gui=reverse
2662 hi def nroffDefSpecial term=italic,bold cterm=italic,bold
2663 \ gui=reverse,bold
2664
2665If you want to navigate preprocessor entries in your source file as easily as
2666with section markers, you can activate the following option in your .vimrc
2667file: >
2668
2669 let b:preprocs_as_sections = 1
2670
Bram Moolenaar69a7cb42004-06-20 12:51:53 +00002671As well, the syntax file adds an extra paragraph marker for the extended
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002672paragraph macro (.XP) in the ms package.
2673
2674Finally, there is a |groff.vim| syntax file that can be used for enabling
2675groff syntax highlighting either on a file basis or globally by default.
2676
2677
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002678OCAML *ocaml.vim* *ft-ocaml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002679
2680The OCaml syntax file handles files having the following prefixes: .ml,
2681.mli, .mll and .mly. By setting the following variable >
2682
2683 :let ocaml_revised = 1
2684
2685you can switch from standard OCaml-syntax to revised syntax as supported
2686by the camlp4 preprocessor. Setting the variable >
2687
2688 :let ocaml_noend_error = 1
2689
2690prevents highlighting of "end" as error, which is useful when sources
2691contain very long structures that Vim does not synchronize anymore.
2692
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002693PANDOC *ft-pandoc-syntax*
2694
2695By default, markdown files will be detected as filetype "markdown".
2696Alternatively, you may want them to be detected as filetype "pandoc" instead.
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002697To do so, set the *g:filetype_md* var: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002698
Christian Brabandt2606e772024-07-04 11:23:51 +02002699 :let g:filetype_md = 'pandoc'
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002700
2701The pandoc syntax plugin uses |conceal| for pretty highlighting. Default is 1 >
2702
2703 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#use = 1
2704
2705To specify elements that should not be concealed, set the following variable: >
2706
2707 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist = []
2708
zeertzjq7c515282024-11-10 20:26:12 +01002709This is a list of the rules which can be used here:
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002710
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02002711 - titleblock
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002712 - image
2713 - block
2714 - subscript
2715 - superscript
2716 - strikeout
2717 - atx
2718 - codeblock_start
2719 - codeblock_delim
2720 - footnote
2721 - definition
2722 - list
2723 - newline
2724 - dashes
2725 - ellipses
2726 - quotes
2727 - inlinecode
2728 - inlinemath
2729
2730You can customize the way concealing works. For example, if you prefer to mark
2731footnotes with the `*` symbol: >
2732
2733 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#cchar_overrides = {"footnote" : "*"}
2734
2735To conceal the urls in links, use: >
2736
2737 :let g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#urls = 1
2738
2739Prevent highlighting specific codeblock types so that they remain Normal.
2740Codeblock types include "definition" for codeblocks inside definition blocks
2741and "delimited" for delimited codeblocks. Default = [] >
2742
2743 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#ignore = ['definition']
2744
2745Use embedded highlighting for delimited codeblocks where a language is
2746specified. Default = 1 >
2747
2748 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#use = 1
2749
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01002750For specify what languages and using what syntax files to highlight embeds.
2751This is a list of language names. When the language pandoc and vim use don't
2752match, you can use the "PANDOC=VIM" syntax. For example: >
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002753
2754 :let g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs = ["ruby", "bash=sh"]
2755
2756To use italics and strong in emphases. Default = 1 >
2757
Christian Brabandta0400192024-04-09 08:06:52 +02002758 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#emphases = 1
Wu, Zhenyu7005b7e2024-04-08 20:53:19 +02002759
2760"0" will add "block" to g:pandoc#syntax#conceal#blacklist, because otherwise
2761you couldn't tell where the styles are applied.
2762
2763To add underline subscript, superscript and strikeout text styles. Default = 1 >
2764
2765 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#underline_special = 1
2766
2767Detect and highlight definition lists. Disabling this can improve performance.
2768Default = 1 (i.e., enabled by default) >
2769
2770 :let g:pandoc#syntax#style#use_definition_lists = 1
2771
2772The pandoc syntax script also comes with the following commands: >
2773
2774 :PandocHighlight LANG
2775
2776Enables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks. Uses the
2777syntax for items in g:pandoc#syntax#codeblocks#embeds#langs. >
2778
2779 :PandocUnhighlight LANG
2780
2781Disables embedded highlighting for language LANG in codeblocks.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002782
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002783PAPP *papp.vim* *ft-papp-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002784
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01002785The PApp syntax file handles .papp files and, to a lesser extent, .pxml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002786and .pxsl files which are all a mixture of perl/xml/html/other using xml
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002787as the top-level file format. By default everything inside phtml or pxml
2788sections is treated as a string with embedded preprocessor commands. If
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002789you set the variable: >
2790
2791 :let papp_include_html=1
2792
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00002793in your startup file it will try to syntax-highlight html code inside phtml
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002794sections, but this is relatively slow and much too colourful to be able to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002795edit sensibly. ;)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002796
2797The newest version of the papp.vim syntax file can usually be found at
2798http://papp.plan9.de.
2799
2800
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002801PASCAL *pascal.vim* *ft-pascal-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002802
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002803Files matching "*.p" could be Progress or Pascal and those matching "*.pp"
2804could be Puppet or Pascal. If the automatic detection doesn't work for you,
2805or you only edit Pascal files, use this in your startup vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002806
Bram Moolenaar98a29d02021-01-18 19:55:44 +01002807 :let filetype_p = "pascal"
2808 :let filetype_pp = "pascal"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002809
2810The Pascal syntax file has been extended to take into account some extensions
2811provided by Turbo Pascal, Free Pascal Compiler and GNU Pascal Compiler.
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002812Delphi keywords are also supported. By default, Turbo Pascal 7.0 features are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002813enabled. If you prefer to stick with the standard Pascal keywords, add the
2814following line to your startup file: >
2815
2816 :let pascal_traditional=1
2817
2818To switch on Delphi specific constructions (such as one-line comments,
2819keywords, etc): >
2820
2821 :let pascal_delphi=1
2822
2823
2824The option pascal_symbol_operator controls whether symbol operators such as +,
2825*, .., etc. are displayed using the Operator color or not. To colorize symbol
2826operators, add the following line to your startup file: >
2827
2828 :let pascal_symbol_operator=1
2829
2830Some functions are highlighted by default. To switch it off: >
2831
2832 :let pascal_no_functions=1
2833
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02002834Furthermore, there are specific variables for some compilers. Besides
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002835pascal_delphi, there are pascal_gpc and pascal_fpc. Default extensions try to
2836match Turbo Pascal. >
2837
2838 :let pascal_gpc=1
2839
2840or >
2841
2842 :let pascal_fpc=1
2843
2844To ensure that strings are defined on a single line, you can define the
2845pascal_one_line_string variable. >
2846
2847 :let pascal_one_line_string=1
2848
2849If you dislike <Tab> chars, you can set the pascal_no_tabs variable. Tabs
2850will be highlighted as Error. >
2851
2852 :let pascal_no_tabs=1
2853
2854
2855
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002856PERL *perl.vim* *ft-perl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002857
2858There are a number of possible options to the perl syntax highlighting.
2859
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002860Inline POD highlighting is now turned on by default. If you don't wish
2861to have the added complexity of highlighting POD embedded within Perl
2862files, you may set the 'perl_include_pod' option to 0: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002863
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002864 :let perl_include_pod = 0
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002865
Bram Moolenaar822ff862014-06-12 21:46:14 +02002866To reduce the complexity of parsing (and increase performance) you can switch
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002867off two elements in the parsing of variable names and contents. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002868
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002869To handle package references in variable and function names not differently
2870from the rest of the name (like 'PkgName::' in '$PkgName::VarName'): >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002871
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002872 :let perl_no_scope_in_variables = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002873
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002874(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_want_scope_in_variables"
2875enabled it.)
2876
2877If you do not want complex things like '@{${"foo"}}' to be parsed: >
2878
2879 :let perl_no_extended_vars = 1
2880
Bram Moolenaar3fdfa4a2004-10-07 21:02:47 +00002881(In Vim 6.x it was the other way around: "perl_extended_vars" enabled it.)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002882
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002883The coloring strings can be changed. By default strings and qq friends will
2884be highlighted like the first line. If you set the variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002885perl_string_as_statement, it will be highlighted as in the second line.
2886
2887 "hello world!"; qq|hello world|;
2888 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^NN^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^N (unlet perl_string_as_statement)
2889 S^^^^^^^^^^^^SNNSSS^^^^^^^^^^^SN (let perl_string_as_statement)
2890
2891(^ = perlString, S = perlStatement, N = None at all)
2892
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00002893The syncing has 3 options. The first two switch off some triggering of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002894synchronization and should only be needed in case it fails to work properly.
2895If while scrolling all of a sudden the whole screen changes color completely
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02002896then you should try and switch off one of those. Let the developer know if
2897you can figure out the line that causes the mistake.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002898
2899One triggers on "^\s*sub\s*" and the other on "^[$@%]" more or less. >
2900
2901 :let perl_no_sync_on_sub
2902 :let perl_no_sync_on_global_var
2903
2904Below you can set the maximum distance VIM should look for starting points for
2905its attempts in syntax highlighting. >
2906
2907 :let perl_sync_dist = 100
2908
2909If you want to use folding with perl, set perl_fold: >
2910
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00002911 :let perl_fold = 1
2912
2913If you want to fold blocks in if statements, etc. as well set the following: >
2914
2915 :let perl_fold_blocks = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002916
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002917Subroutines are folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. If you do not want
2918this, you can set 'perl_nofold_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002919
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002920 :let perl_nofold_subs = 1
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002921
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002922Anonymous subroutines are not folded by default; you may enable their folding
2923via 'perl_fold_anonymous_subs': >
Bram Moolenaar8ada17c2006-01-19 22:16:24 +00002924
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02002925 :let perl_fold_anonymous_subs = 1
2926
2927Packages are also folded by default if 'perl_fold' is set. To disable this
2928behavior, set 'perl_nofold_packages': >
2929
2930 :let perl_nofold_packages = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002931
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002932PHP3 and PHP4 *php.vim* *php3.vim* *ft-php-syntax* *ft-php3-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002933
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01002934[Note: Previously this was called "php3", but since it now also supports php4
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002935it has been renamed to "php"]
2936
2937There are the following options for the php syntax highlighting.
2938
2939If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings: >
2940
2941 let php_sql_query = 1
2942
2943For highlighting the Baselib methods: >
2944
2945 let php_baselib = 1
2946
2947Enable HTML syntax highlighting inside strings: >
2948
2949 let php_htmlInStrings = 1
2950
2951Using the old colorstyle: >
2952
2953 let php_oldStyle = 1
2954
2955Enable highlighting ASP-style short tags: >
2956
2957 let php_asp_tags = 1
2958
2959Disable short tags: >
2960
2961 let php_noShortTags = 1
2962
2963For highlighting parent error ] or ): >
2964
2965 let php_parent_error_close = 1
2966
Bram Moolenaar543b7ef2013-06-01 14:50:56 +02002967For skipping a php end tag, if there exists an open ( or [ without a closing
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002968one: >
2969
2970 let php_parent_error_open = 1
2971
2972Enable folding for classes and functions: >
2973
2974 let php_folding = 1
2975
2976Selecting syncing method: >
2977
2978 let php_sync_method = x
2979
2980x = -1 to sync by search (default),
2981x > 0 to sync at least x lines backwards,
2982x = 0 to sync from start.
2983
2984
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002985PLAINTEX *plaintex.vim* *ft-plaintex-syntax*
2986
2987TeX is a typesetting language, and plaintex is the file type for the "plain"
2988variant of TeX. If you never want your *.tex files recognized as plain TeX,
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00002989see |ft-tex-plugin|.
Bram Moolenaard2cec5b2006-03-28 21:08:56 +00002990
2991This syntax file has the option >
2992
2993 let g:plaintex_delimiters = 1
2994
2995if you want to highlight brackets "[]" and braces "{}".
2996
2997
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00002998PPWIZARD *ppwiz.vim* *ft-ppwiz-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00002999
3000PPWizard is a preprocessor for HTML and OS/2 INF files
3001
3002This syntax file has the options:
3003
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003004- ppwiz_highlight_defs : Determines highlighting mode for PPWizard's
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003005 definitions. Possible values are
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003006
3007 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 1 : PPWizard #define statements retain the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003008 colors of their contents (e.g. PPWizard macros and variables).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003009
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003010 ppwiz_highlight_defs = 2 : Preprocessor #define and #evaluate
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003011 statements are shown in a single color with the exception of line
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003012 continuation symbols.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003013
3014 The default setting for ppwiz_highlight_defs is 1.
3015
3016- ppwiz_with_html : If the value is 1 (the default), highlight literal
3017 HTML code; if 0, treat HTML code like ordinary text.
3018
3019
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003020PHTML *phtml.vim* *ft-phtml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003021
3022There are two options for the phtml syntax highlighting.
3023
3024If you like SQL syntax highlighting inside Strings, use this: >
3025
3026 :let phtml_sql_query = 1
3027
3028For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3029set "phtml_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3030
3031 :let phtml_minlines = 200
3032
3033
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003034POSTSCRIPT *postscr.vim* *ft-postscr-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003035
3036There are several options when it comes to highlighting PostScript.
3037
3038First which version of the PostScript language to highlight. There are
3039currently three defined language versions, or levels. Level 1 is the original
3040and base version, and includes all extensions prior to the release of level 2.
3041Level 2 is the most common version around, and includes its own set of
3042extensions prior to the release of level 3. Level 3 is currently the highest
3043level supported. You select which level of the PostScript language you want
3044highlighted by defining the postscr_level variable as follows: >
3045
3046 :let postscr_level=2
3047
3048If this variable is not defined it defaults to 2 (level 2) since this is
3049the most prevalent version currently.
3050
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003051Note: Not all PS interpreters will support all language features for a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003052particular language level. In particular the %!PS-Adobe-3.0 at the start of
3053PS files does NOT mean the PostScript present is level 3 PostScript!
3054
3055If you are working with Display PostScript, you can include highlighting of
3056Display PS language features by defining the postscr_display variable as
3057follows: >
3058
3059 :let postscr_display=1
3060
3061If you are working with Ghostscript, you can include highlighting of
3062Ghostscript specific language features by defining the variable
3063postscr_ghostscript as follows: >
3064
3065 :let postscr_ghostscript=1
3066
3067PostScript is a large language, with many predefined elements. While it
3068useful to have all these elements highlighted, on slower machines this can
3069cause Vim to slow down. In an attempt to be machine friendly font names and
3070character encodings are not highlighted by default. Unless you are working
3071explicitly with either of these this should be ok. If you want them to be
3072highlighted you should set one or both of the following variables: >
3073
3074 :let postscr_fonts=1
3075 :let postscr_encodings=1
3076
3077There is a stylistic option to the highlighting of and, or, and not. In
3078PostScript the function of these operators depends on the types of their
3079operands - if the operands are booleans then they are the logical operators,
3080if they are integers then they are binary operators. As binary and logical
3081operators can be highlighted differently they have to be highlighted one way
3082or the other. By default they are treated as logical operators. They can be
3083highlighted as binary operators by defining the variable
3084postscr_andornot_binary as follows: >
3085
3086 :let postscr_andornot_binary=1
3087<
3088
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003089 *ptcap.vim* *ft-printcap-syntax*
3090PRINTCAP + TERMCAP *ft-ptcap-syntax* *ft-termcap-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003091
3092This syntax file applies to the printcap and termcap databases.
3093
3094In order for Vim to recognize printcap/termcap files that do not match
3095the patterns *printcap*, or *termcap*, you must put additional patterns
3096appropriate to your system in your |myfiletypefile| file. For these
3097patterns, you must set the variable "b:ptcap_type" to either "print" or
3098"term", and then the 'filetype' option to ptcap.
3099
3100For example, to make Vim identify all files in /etc/termcaps/ as termcap
3101files, add the following: >
3102
3103 :au BufNewFile,BufRead /etc/termcaps/* let b:ptcap_type = "term" |
3104 \ set filetype=ptcap
3105
3106If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which
3107are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "ptcap_minlines"
3108internal variable to a larger number: >
3109
3110 :let ptcap_minlines = 50
3111
3112(The default is 20 lines.)
3113
3114
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003115PROGRESS *progress.vim* *ft-progress-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003116
3117Files matching "*.w" could be Progress or cweb. If the automatic detection
3118doesn't work for you, or you don't edit cweb at all, use this in your
3119startup vimrc: >
3120 :let filetype_w = "progress"
3121The same happens for "*.i", which could be assembly, and "*.p", which could be
3122Pascal. Use this if you don't use assembly and Pascal: >
3123 :let filetype_i = "progress"
3124 :let filetype_p = "progress"
3125
3126
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003127PYTHON *python.vim* *ft-python-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003128
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003129There are six options to control Python syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003130
3131For highlighted numbers: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003132 :let python_no_number_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003133
3134For highlighted builtin functions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003135 :let python_no_builtin_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003136
3137For highlighted standard exceptions: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003138 :let python_no_exception_highlight = 1
3139
3140For highlighted doctests and code inside: >
3141 :let python_no_doctest_highlight = 1
3142or >
3143 :let python_no_doctest_code_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003144The first option implies the second one.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003145
Bram Moolenaar4a748032010-09-30 21:47:56 +02003146For highlighted trailing whitespace and mix of spaces and tabs: >
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003147 :let python_space_error_highlight = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003148
h_east59858792023-10-25 22:47:05 +09003149If you want all possible Python highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003150 :let python_highlight_all = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003151This has the same effect as setting python_space_error_highlight and
3152unsetting all the other ones.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003153
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003154If you use Python 2 or straddling code (Python 2 and 3 compatible),
3155you can enforce the use of an older syntax file with support for
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01003156Python 2 and up to Python 3.5. >
3157 :let python_use_python2_syntax = 1
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00003158This option will exclude all modern Python 3.6 or higher features.
3159
3160Note: Only existence of these options matters, not their value.
3161 You can replace 1 above with anything.
3162
Bram Moolenaar34700a62013-03-07 13:20:54 +01003163
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003164QUAKE *quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003165
Bram Moolenaarade0d392020-01-21 22:33:58 +01003166The Quake syntax definition should work for most FPS (First Person Shooter)
3167based on one of the Quake engines. However, the command names vary a bit
3168between the three games (Quake, Quake 2, and Quake 3 Arena) so the syntax
3169definition checks for the existence of three global variables to allow users
3170to specify what commands are legal in their files. The three variables can
3171be set for the following effects:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003172
3173set to highlight commands only available in Quake: >
3174 :let quake_is_quake1 = 1
3175
3176set to highlight commands only available in Quake 2: >
3177 :let quake_is_quake2 = 1
3178
3179set to highlight commands only available in Quake 3 Arena: >
3180 :let quake_is_quake3 = 1
3181
3182Any combination of these three variables is legal, but might highlight more
3183commands than are actually available to you by the game.
3184
3185
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003186R *r.vim* *ft-r-syntax*
3187
3188The parsing of R code for syntax highlight starts 40 lines backwards, but you
3189can set a different value in your |vimrc|. Example: >
3190 let r_syntax_minlines = 60
3191
3192You can also turn off syntax highlighting of ROxygen: >
3193 let r_syntax_hl_roxygen = 0
3194
3195enable folding of code delimited by parentheses, square brackets and curly
3196braces: >
3197 let r_syntax_folding = 1
3198
3199and highlight as functions all keywords followed by an opening parenthesis: >
3200 let r_syntax_fun_pattern = 1
3201
3202
3203R MARKDOWN *rmd.vim* *ft-rmd-syntax*
3204
3205To disable syntax highlight of YAML header, add to your |vimrc|: >
3206 let rmd_syn_hl_yaml = 0
3207
3208To disable syntax highlighting of citation keys: >
3209 let rmd_syn_hl_citations = 0
3210
3211To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers: >
3212 let rmd_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3213
3214By default, chunks of R code will be highlighted following the rules of R
Jakson Alves de Aquino9042bd82023-12-25 09:22:27 +00003215language. Moreover, whenever the buffer is saved, Vim scans the buffer and
3216highlights other languages if they are present in new chunks. LaTeX code also
3217is automatically recognized and highlighted when the buffer is saved. This
3218behavior can be controlled with the variables `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages`,
3219and `rmd_include_latex` whose valid values are: >
3220 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 0 " No autodetection of languages
3221 let rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages = 1 " Autodetection of languages
3222 let rmd_include_latex = 0 " Don't highlight LaTeX code
3223 let rmd_include_latex = 1 " Autodetect LaTeX code
3224 let rmd_include_latex = 2 " Always include LaTeX highlighting
3225
3226If the value of `rmd_dynamic_fenced_languages` is 0, you still can set the
3227list of languages whose chunks of code should be properly highlighted, as in
3228the example: >
Bram Moolenaarfc65cab2018-08-28 22:58:02 +02003229 let rmd_fenced_languages = ['r', 'python']
3230
3231
3232R RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rrst.vim* *ft-rrst-syntax*
3233
3234To highlight R code in knitr chunk headers, add to your |vimrc|: >
3235 let rrst_syn_hl_chunk = 1
3236
3237
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003238RASI *rasi.vim* *ft-rasi-syntax*
3239
3240Rasi stands for Rofi Advanced Style Information. It is used by the program
Christian Brabandtf3dd6f62024-05-31 12:26:12 +02003241rofi to style the rendering of the search window. The language is heavily
Pierrick Guillaume280e5b12024-05-31 12:00:49 +02003242inspired by CSS stylesheet. Files with the following extensions are recognized
3243as rasi files: .rasi.
3244
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003245READLINE *readline.vim* *ft-readline-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003246
3247The readline library is primarily used by the BASH shell, which adds quite a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003248few commands and options to the ones already available. To highlight these
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003249items as well you can add the following to your |vimrc| or just type it in the
3250command line before loading a file with the readline syntax: >
3251 let readline_has_bash = 1
3252
3253This will add highlighting for the commands that BASH (version 2.05a and
3254later, and part earlier) adds.
3255
3256
Bram Moolenaar95a9dd12019-12-19 22:12:03 +01003257REGO *rego.vim* *ft-rego-syntax*
3258
3259Rego is a query language developed by Styra. It is mostly used as a policy
3260language for kubernetes, but can be applied to almost anything. Files with
3261the following extensions are recognized as rego files: .rego.
3262
3263
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003264RESTRUCTURED TEXT *rst.vim* *ft-rst-syntax*
3265
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003266Syntax highlighting is enabled for code blocks within the document for a
3267select number of file types. See $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/rst.vim for the default
3268syntax list.
3269
3270To set a user-defined list of code block syntax highlighting: >
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003271 let rst_syntax_code_list = ['vim', 'lisp', ...]
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003272
3273To assign multiple code block types to a single syntax, define
3274`rst_syntax_code_list` as a mapping: >
3275 let rst_syntax_code_list = {
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003276 \ 'cpp': ['cpp', 'c++'],
3277 \ 'bash': ['bash', 'sh'],
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003278 ...
Bram Moolenaar0c0734d2019-11-26 21:44:46 +01003279 \ }
Bram Moolenaar4c05fa02019-01-01 15:32:17 +01003280
3281To use color highlighting for emphasis text: >
3282 let rst_use_emphasis_colors = 1
3283
3284To enable folding of sections: >
3285 let rst_fold_enabled = 1
3286
3287Note that folding can cause performance issues on some platforms.
3288
Bram Moolenaar97d62492012-11-15 21:28:22 +01003289
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003290REXX *rexx.vim* *ft-rexx-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003291
3292If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3293when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "rexx_minlines" internal variable
3294to a larger number: >
3295 :let rexx_minlines = 50
3296This will make the syntax synchronization start 50 lines before the first
3297displayed line. The default value is 10. The disadvantage of using a larger
3298number is that redrawing can become slow.
3299
Bram Moolenaar97293012011-07-18 19:40:27 +02003300Vim tries to guess what type a ".r" file is. If it can't be detected (from
3301comment lines), the default is "r". To make the default rexx add this line to
3302your .vimrc: *g:filetype_r*
3303>
3304 :let g:filetype_r = "r"
3305
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003306
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003307RUBY *ruby.vim* *ft-ruby-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003308
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003309 Ruby: Operator highlighting |ruby_operators|
3310 Ruby: Whitespace errors |ruby_space_errors|
3311 Ruby: Folding |ruby_fold| |ruby_foldable_groups|
3312 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations |ruby_no_expensive| |ruby_minlines|
3313 Ruby: Spellchecking strings |ruby_spellcheck_strings|
3314
3315 *ruby_operators*
3316 Ruby: Operator highlighting ~
3317
3318Operators can be highlighted by defining "ruby_operators": >
3319
3320 :let ruby_operators = 1
3321<
3322 *ruby_space_errors*
3323 Ruby: Whitespace errors ~
3324
3325Whitespace errors can be highlighted by defining "ruby_space_errors": >
3326
3327 :let ruby_space_errors = 1
3328<
3329This will highlight trailing whitespace and tabs preceded by a space character
3330as errors. This can be refined by defining "ruby_no_trail_space_error" and
3331"ruby_no_tab_space_error" which will ignore trailing whitespace and tabs after
3332spaces respectively.
3333
3334 *ruby_fold* *ruby_foldable_groups*
3335 Ruby: Folding ~
3336
3337Folding can be enabled by defining "ruby_fold": >
3338
3339 :let ruby_fold = 1
3340<
3341This will set the value of 'foldmethod' to "syntax" locally to the current
3342buffer or window, which will enable syntax-based folding when editing Ruby
3343filetypes.
3344
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003345Default folding is rather detailed, i.e., small syntax units like "if", "do",
3346"%w[]" may create corresponding fold levels.
3347
3348You can set "ruby_foldable_groups" to restrict which groups are foldable: >
3349
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003350 :let ruby_foldable_groups = 'if case %'
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003351<
3352The value is a space-separated list of keywords:
3353
3354 keyword meaning ~
3355 -------- ------------------------------------- ~
3356 ALL Most block syntax (default)
3357 NONE Nothing
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003358 if "if" or "unless" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003359 def "def" block
3360 class "class" block
3361 module "module" block
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003362 do "do" block
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003363 begin "begin" block
3364 case "case" block
3365 for "for", "while", "until" loops
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003366 { Curly bracket block or hash literal
3367 [ Array literal
3368 % Literal with "%" notation, e.g.: %w(STRING), %!STRING!
3369 / Regexp
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003370 string String and shell command output (surrounded by ', ", `)
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01003371 : Symbol
3372 # Multiline comment
3373 << Here documents
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003374 __END__ Source code after "__END__" directive
3375
3376 *ruby_no_expensive*
3377 Ruby: Reducing expensive operations ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003378
3379By default, the "end" keyword is colorized according to the opening statement
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003380of the block it closes. While useful, this feature can be expensive; if you
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003381experience slow redrawing (or you are on a terminal with poor color support)
3382you may want to turn it off by defining the "ruby_no_expensive" variable: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003383
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003384 :let ruby_no_expensive = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003385<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003386In this case the same color will be used for all control keywords.
3387
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003388 *ruby_minlines*
3389
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003390If you do want this feature enabled, but notice highlighting errors while
3391scrolling backwards, which are fixed when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting
3392the "ruby_minlines" variable to a value larger than 50: >
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003393
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003394 :let ruby_minlines = 100
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003395<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003396Ideally, this value should be a number of lines large enough to embrace your
3397largest class or module.
3398
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003399 *ruby_spellcheck_strings*
3400 Ruby: Spellchecking strings ~
Bram Moolenaar943d2b52005-12-02 00:50:49 +00003401
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003402Ruby syntax will perform spellchecking of strings if you define
3403"ruby_spellcheck_strings": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003404
Bram Moolenaar7e1479b2016-09-11 15:07:27 +02003405 :let ruby_spellcheck_strings = 1
Bram Moolenaar25394022007-05-10 19:06:20 +00003406<
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003407
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003408SCHEME *scheme.vim* *ft-scheme-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003409
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003410By default only R7RS keywords are highlighted and properly indented.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003411
Bram Moolenaar72540672018-02-09 22:00:53 +01003412scheme.vim also supports extensions of the CHICKEN Scheme->C compiler.
3413Define b:is_chicken or g:is_chicken, if you need them.
Bram Moolenaar21cf8232004-07-16 20:18:37 +00003414
3415
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003416SDL *sdl.vim* *ft-sdl-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003417
3418The SDL highlighting probably misses a few keywords, but SDL has so many
3419of them it's almost impossibly to cope.
3420
3421The new standard, SDL-2000, specifies that all identifiers are
3422case-sensitive (which was not so before), and that all keywords can be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003423used either completely lowercase or completely uppercase. To have the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003424highlighting reflect this, you can set the following variable: >
3425 :let sdl_2000=1
3426
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003427This also sets many new keywords. If you want to disable the old
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003428keywords, which is probably a good idea, use: >
3429 :let SDL_no_96=1
3430
3431
3432The indentation is probably also incomplete, but right now I am very
3433satisfied with it for my own projects.
3434
3435
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003436SED *sed.vim* *ft-sed-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003437
3438To make tabs stand out from regular blanks (accomplished by using Todo
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003439highlighting on the tabs), define "g:sed_highlight_tabs" by putting >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003440
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003441 :let g:sed_highlight_tabs = 1
3442<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003443in the vimrc file. (This special highlighting only applies for tabs
3444inside search patterns, replacement texts, addresses or text included
3445by an Append/Change/Insert command.) If you enable this option, it is
3446also a good idea to set the tab width to one character; by doing that,
3447you can easily count the number of tabs in a string.
3448
Bram Moolenaar3c053a12022-10-16 13:11:12 +01003449GNU sed allows comments after text on the same line. BSD sed only allows
3450comments where "#" is the first character of the line. To enforce BSD-style
3451comments, i.e. mark end-of-line comments as errors, use: >
3452
3453 :let g:sed_dialect = "bsd"
3454<
3455Note that there are other differences between GNU sed and BSD sed which are
3456not (yet) affected by this setting.
3457
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003458Bugs:
3459
3460 The transform command (y) is treated exactly like the substitute
3461 command. This means that, as far as this syntax file is concerned,
3462 transform accepts the same flags as substitute, which is wrong.
3463 (Transform accepts no flags.) I tolerate this bug because the
3464 involved commands need very complex treatment (95 patterns, one for
3465 each plausible pattern delimiter).
3466
3467
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003468SGML *sgml.vim* *ft-sgml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003469
3470The coloring scheme for tags in the SGML file works as follows.
3471
3472The <> of opening tags are colored differently than the </> of a closing tag.
3473This is on purpose! For opening tags the 'Function' color is used, while for
3474closing tags the 'Type' color is used (See syntax.vim to check how those are
3475defined for you)
3476
3477Known tag names are colored the same way as statements in C. Unknown tag
3478names are not colored which makes it easy to spot errors.
3479
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003480Note that the same is true for argument (or attribute) names. Known attribute
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003481names are colored differently than unknown ones.
3482
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003483Some SGML tags are used to change the rendering of text. The following tags
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003484are recognized by the sgml.vim syntax coloring file and change the way normal
3485text is shown: <varname> <emphasis> <command> <function> <literal>
3486<replaceable> <ulink> and <link>.
3487
3488If you want to change how such text is rendered, you must redefine the
3489following syntax groups:
3490
3491 - sgmlBold
3492 - sgmlBoldItalic
3493 - sgmlUnderline
3494 - sgmlItalic
3495 - sgmlLink for links
3496
3497To make this redefinition work you must redefine them all and define the
3498following variable in your vimrc (this is due to the order in which the files
3499are read during initialization) >
3500 let sgml_my_rendering=1
3501
3502You can also disable this rendering by adding the following line to your
3503vimrc file: >
3504 let sgml_no_rendering=1
3505
3506(Adapted from the html.vim help text by Claudio Fleiner <claudio@fleiner.com>)
3507
3508
Bram Moolenaar4466ad62020-11-21 13:16:30 +01003509 *ft-posix-syntax* *ft-dash-syntax*
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003510SH *sh.vim* *ft-sh-syntax* *ft-bash-syntax* *ft-ksh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003511
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003512This covers syntax highlighting for the older Unix (Bourne) sh, and newer
3513shells such as bash, dash, posix, and the Korn shells.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003514
3515Vim attempts to determine which shell type is in use by specifying that
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003516various filenames are of specific types, e.g.: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003517
3518 ksh : .kshrc* *.ksh
3519 bash: .bashrc* bashrc bash.bashrc .bash_profile* *.bash
3520<
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02003521See $VIMRUNTIME/filetype.vim for the full list of patterns. If none of these
3522cases pertain, then the first line of the file is examined (ex. looking for
3523/bin/sh /bin/ksh /bin/bash). If the first line specifies a shelltype, then
3524that shelltype is used. However some files (ex. .profile) are known to be
3525shell files but the type is not apparent. Furthermore, on many systems sh is
Mohamed Akram51a06ec2025-03-21 17:52:08 +01003526symbolically linked to "bash" (Linux, Windows+cygwin) or "ksh" (POSIX).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003527
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003528One may specify a global default by instantiating one of the following
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003529variables in your <.vimrc>:
3530
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003531 ksh: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003532 let g:is_kornshell = 1
Mohamed Akram51a06ec2025-03-21 17:52:08 +01003533< posix: (default) >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003534 let g:is_posix = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003535< bash: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003536 let g:is_bash = 1
Mohamed Akram51a06ec2025-03-21 17:52:08 +01003537< dash: >
3538 let g:is_dash = 1
3539< sh: Bourne shell >
Bram Moolenaar7fc904b2006-04-13 20:37:35 +00003540 let g:is_sh = 1
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003541
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003542If there's no "#! ..." line, and the user hasn't availed himself/herself of a
3543default sh.vim syntax setting as just shown, then syntax/sh.vim will assume
Mohamed Akram51a06ec2025-03-21 17:52:08 +01003544the POSIX shell syntax. No need to quote RFCs or market penetration
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003545statistics in error reports, please -- just select the default version of the
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003546sh your system uses and install the associated "let..." in your <.vimrc>.
Bram Moolenaar910f66f2006-04-05 20:41:53 +00003547
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003548The syntax/sh.vim file provides several levels of syntax-based folding: >
3549
3550 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 0 (default, no syntax folding)
3551 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 1 (enable function folding)
3552 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 2 (enable heredoc folding)
3553 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 4 (enable if/do/for folding)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003554>
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003555then various syntax items (ie. HereDocuments and function bodies) become
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003556syntax-foldable (see |:syn-fold|). You also may add these together
3557to get multiple types of folding: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003558
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003559 let g:sh_fold_enabled= 3 (enables function and heredoc folding)
3560
3561If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards which are fixed
3562when one redraws with CTRL-L, try setting the "sh_minlines" internal variable
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003563to a larger number. Example: >
3564
3565 let sh_minlines = 500
3566
3567This will make syntax synchronization start 500 lines before the first
3568displayed line. The default value is 200. The disadvantage of using a larger
3569number is that redrawing can become slow.
3570
3571If you don't have much to synchronize on, displaying can be very slow. To
3572reduce this, the "sh_maxlines" internal variable can be set. Example: >
3573
3574 let sh_maxlines = 100
3575<
3576The default is to use the twice sh_minlines. Set it to a smaller number to
3577speed up displaying. The disadvantage is that highlight errors may appear.
3578
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003579syntax/sh.vim tries to flag certain problems as errors; usually things like
Bram Moolenaar9fbdbb82022-09-27 17:30:34 +01003580unmatched "]", "done", "fi", etc. If you find the error handling problematic
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003581for your purposes, you may suppress such error highlighting by putting
3582the following line in your .vimrc: >
3583
3584 let g:sh_no_error= 1
3585<
Bram Moolenaardc083282016-10-11 08:57:33 +02003586
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003587 *sh-embed* *sh-awk*
3588 Sh: EMBEDDING LANGUAGES~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003589
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003590You may wish to embed languages into sh. I'll give an example courtesy of
3591Lorance Stinson on how to do this with awk as an example. Put the following
3592file into $HOME/.vim/after/syntax/sh/awkembed.vim: >
3593
Bram Moolenaardae8d212016-02-27 22:40:16 +01003594 " AWK Embedding:
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003595 " ==============
3596 " Shamelessly ripped from aspperl.vim by Aaron Hope.
3597 if exists("b:current_syntax")
3598 unlet b:current_syntax
3599 endif
3600 syn include @AWKScript syntax/awk.vim
3601 syn region AWKScriptCode matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+[=\\]\@<!'+ skip=+\\'+ end=+'+ contains=@AWKScript contained
3602 syn region AWKScriptEmbedded matchgroup=AWKCommand start=+\<awk\>+ skip=+\\$+ end=+[=\\]\@<!'+me=e-1 contains=@shIdList,@shExprList2 nextgroup=AWKScriptCode
3603 syn cluster shCommandSubList add=AWKScriptEmbedded
3604 hi def link AWKCommand Type
3605<
3606This code will then let the awk code in the single quotes: >
3607 awk '...awk code here...'
3608be highlighted using the awk highlighting syntax. Clearly this may be
3609extended to other languages.
3610
3611
3612SPEEDUP *spup.vim* *ft-spup-syntax*
3613(AspenTech plant simulator)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003614
3615The Speedup syntax file has some options:
3616
3617- strict_subsections : If this variable is defined, only keywords for
3618 sections and subsections will be highlighted as statements but not
3619 other keywords (like WITHIN in the OPERATION section).
3620
3621- highlight_types : Definition of this variable causes stream types
3622 like temperature or pressure to be highlighted as Type, not as a
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003623 plain Identifier. Included are the types that are usually found in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003624 the DECLARE section; if you defined own types, you have to include
3625 them in the syntax file.
3626
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003627- oneline_comments : This value ranges from 1 to 3 and determines the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003628 highlighting of # style comments.
3629
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003630 oneline_comments = 1 : Allow normal Speedup code after an even
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003631 number of #s.
3632
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003633 oneline_comments = 2 : Show code starting with the second # as
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003634 error. This is the default setting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003635
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003636 oneline_comments = 3 : Show the whole line as error if it contains
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003637 more than one #.
3638
3639Since especially OPERATION sections tend to become very large due to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003640PRESETting variables, syncing may be critical. If your computer is
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003641fast enough, you can increase minlines and/or maxlines near the end of
3642the syntax file.
3643
3644
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003645SQL *sql.vim* *ft-sql-syntax*
3646 *sqlinformix.vim* *ft-sqlinformix-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003647 *sqlanywhere.vim* *ft-sqlanywhere-syntax*
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003648
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003649While there is an ANSI standard for SQL, most database engines add their own
3650custom extensions. Vim currently supports the Oracle and Informix dialects of
3651SQL. Vim assumes "*.sql" files are Oracle SQL by default.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003652
Bram Moolenaar1056d982006-03-09 22:37:52 +00003653Vim currently has SQL support for a variety of different vendors via syntax
3654scripts. You can change Vim's default from Oracle to any of the current SQL
3655supported types. You can also easily alter the SQL dialect being used on a
3656buffer by buffer basis.
3657
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003658For more detailed instructions see |ft_sql.txt|.
Bram Moolenaard4755bb2004-09-02 19:12:26 +00003659
3660
Bram Moolenaar47003982021-12-05 21:54:04 +00003661SQUIRREL *squirrel.vim* *ft-squirrel-syntax*
3662
3663Squirrel is a high level imperative, object-oriented programming language,
3664designed to be a light-weight scripting language that fits in the size, memory
3665bandwidth, and real-time requirements of applications like video games. Files
3666with the following extensions are recognized as squirrel files: .nut.
3667
3668
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00003669TCSH *tcsh.vim* *ft-tcsh-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003670
3671This covers the shell named "tcsh". It is a superset of csh. See |csh.vim|
3672for how the filetype is detected.
3673
3674Tcsh does not allow \" in strings unless the "backslash_quote" shell variable
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01003675is set. If you want VIM to assume that no backslash quote constructs exist
3676add this line to your .vimrc: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003677
3678 :let tcsh_backslash_quote = 0
3679
3680If you notice highlighting errors while scrolling backwards, which are fixed
3681when redrawing with CTRL-L, try setting the "tcsh_minlines" internal variable
3682to a larger number: >
3683
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003684 :let tcsh_minlines = 1000
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003685
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01003686This will make the syntax synchronization start 1000 lines before the first
3687displayed line. If you set "tcsh_minlines" to "fromstart", then
3688synchronization is done from the start of the file. The default value for
3689tcsh_minlines is 100. The disadvantage of using a larger number is that
3690redrawing can become slow.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003691
3692
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003693TEX *tex.vim* *ft-tex-syntax* *latex-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003694 *syntax-tex* *syntax-latex*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003695
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003696 Tex Contents~
3697 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? |tex-folding|
3698 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted |g:tex_nospell|
3699 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? |tex-nospell|
3700 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones? |tex-verb|
3701 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones |tex-runon|
3702 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? |tex-slow|
3703 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? |tex-morecommands|
3704 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? |tex-error|
3705 Tex: Need a new Math Group? |tex-math|
3706 Tex: Starting a New Style? |tex-style|
3707 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode |tex-conceal|
3708 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode |g:tex_conceal|
3709 Tex: Controlling iskeyword |g:tex_isk|
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003710 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control |tex-supersub|
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003711 Tex: Match Check Control |tex-matchcheck|
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003712
3713 *tex-folding* *g:tex_fold_enabled*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003714 Tex: Want Syntax Folding? ~
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003715
3716As of version 28 of <syntax/tex.vim>, syntax-based folding of parts, chapters,
3717sections, subsections, etc are supported. Put >
3718 let g:tex_fold_enabled=1
3719in your <.vimrc>, and :set fdm=syntax. I suggest doing the latter via a
3720modeline at the end of your LaTeX file: >
3721 % vim: fdm=syntax
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003722If your system becomes too slow, then you might wish to look into >
Bram Moolenaar6c1e1572019-06-22 02:13:00 +02003723 https://vimhelp.org/vim_faq.txt.html#faq-29.7
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003724<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003725 *g:tex_nospell*
3726 Tex: No Spell Checking Wanted~
3727
3728If you don't want spell checking anywhere in your LaTeX document, put >
3729 let g:tex_nospell=1
3730into your .vimrc. If you merely wish to suppress spell checking inside
3731comments only, see |g:tex_comment_nospell|.
3732
3733 *tex-nospell* *g:tex_comment_nospell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003734 Tex: Don't Want Spell Checking In Comments? ~
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003735
3736Some folks like to include things like source code in comments and so would
3737prefer that spell checking be disabled in comments in LaTeX files. To do
3738this, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3739 let g:tex_comment_nospell= 1
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003740If you want to suppress spell checking everywhere inside your LaTeX document,
3741see |g:tex_nospell|.
3742
3743 *tex-verb* *g:tex_verbspell*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003744 Tex: Want Spell Checking in Verbatim Zones?~
Bram Moolenaar74cbdf02010-08-04 23:03:17 +02003745
3746Often verbatim regions are used for things like source code; seldom does
3747one want source code spell-checked. However, for those of you who do
3748want your verbatim zones spell-checked, put the following in your <.vimrc>: >
3749 let g:tex_verbspell= 1
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003750<
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003751 *tex-runon* *tex-stopzone*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003752 Tex: Run-on Comments or MathZones ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003753
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003754The <syntax/tex.vim> highlighting supports TeX, LaTeX, and some AmsTeX. The
3755highlighting supports three primary zones/regions: normal, texZone, and
3756texMathZone. Although considerable effort has been made to have these zones
3757terminate properly, zones delineated by $..$ and $$..$$ cannot be synchronized
3758as there's no difference between start and end patterns. Consequently, a
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003759special "TeX comment" has been provided >
3760 %stopzone
3761which will forcibly terminate the highlighting of either a texZone or a
3762texMathZone.
3763
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003764 *tex-slow* *tex-sync*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003765 Tex: Slow Syntax Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003766
3767If you have a slow computer, you may wish to reduce the values for >
3768 :syn sync maxlines=200
3769 :syn sync minlines=50
3770(especially the latter). If your computer is fast, you may wish to
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00003771increase them. This primarily affects synchronizing (i.e. just what group,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003772if any, is the text at the top of the screen supposed to be in?).
3773
Bram Moolenaard960d762011-09-21 19:22:10 +02003774Another cause of slow highlighting is due to syntax-driven folding; see
3775|tex-folding| for a way around this.
3776
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003777 *g:tex_fast*
3778
3779Finally, if syntax highlighting is still too slow, you may set >
3780
3781 :let g:tex_fast= ""
3782
3783in your .vimrc. Used this way, the g:tex_fast variable causes the syntax
3784highlighting script to avoid defining any regions and associated
3785synchronization. The result will be much faster syntax highlighting; the
3786price: you will no longer have as much highlighting or any syntax-based
3787folding, and you will be missing syntax-based error checking.
3788
3789You may decide that some syntax is acceptable; you may use the following table
3790selectively to enable just some syntax highlighting: >
3791
3792 b : allow bold and italic syntax
3793 c : allow texComment syntax
3794 m : allow texMatcher syntax (ie. {...} and [...])
3795 M : allow texMath syntax
3796 p : allow parts, chapter, section, etc syntax
3797 r : allow texRefZone syntax (nocite, bibliography, label, pageref, eqref)
3798 s : allow superscript/subscript regions
3799 S : allow texStyle syntax
3800 v : allow verbatim syntax
3801 V : allow texNewEnv and texNewCmd syntax
3802<
3803As an example, let g:tex_fast= "M" will allow math-associated highlighting
3804but suppress all the other region-based syntax highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003805(also see: |g:tex_conceal| and |tex-supersub|)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003806
3807 *tex-morecommands* *tex-package*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003808 Tex: Want To Highlight More Commands? ~
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003809
3810LaTeX is a programmable language, and so there are thousands of packages full
3811of specialized LaTeX commands, syntax, and fonts. If you're using such a
3812package you'll often wish that the distributed syntax/tex.vim would support
3813it. However, clearly this is impractical. So please consider using the
3814techniques in |mysyntaxfile-add| to extend or modify the highlighting provided
Bram Moolenaarb6b046b2011-12-30 13:11:27 +01003815by syntax/tex.vim. Please consider uploading any extensions that you write,
3816which typically would go in $HOME/after/syntax/tex/[pkgname].vim, to
3817http://vim.sf.net/.
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00003818
Bram Moolenaar93a1df22018-09-10 11:51:50 +02003819I've included some support for various popular packages on my website: >
3820
3821 http://www.drchip.org/astronaut/vim/index.html#LATEXPKGS
3822<
3823The syntax files there go into your .../after/syntax/tex/ directory.
3824
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003825 *tex-error* *g:tex_no_error*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003826 Tex: Excessive Error Highlighting? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003827
3828The <tex.vim> supports lexical error checking of various sorts. Thus,
3829although the error checking is ofttimes very useful, it can indicate
3830errors where none actually are. If this proves to be a problem for you,
3831you may put in your <.vimrc> the following statement: >
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003832 let g:tex_no_error=1
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003833and all error checking by <syntax/tex.vim> will be suppressed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003834
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003835 *tex-math*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003836 Tex: Need a new Math Group? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003837
3838If you want to include a new math group in your LaTeX, the following
3839code shows you an example as to how you might do so: >
Bram Moolenaar488c6512005-08-11 20:09:58 +00003840 call TexNewMathZone(sfx,mathzone,starform)
3841You'll want to provide the new math group with a unique suffix
3842(currently, A-L and V-Z are taken by <syntax/tex.vim> itself).
3843As an example, consider how eqnarray is set up by <syntax/tex.vim>: >
3844 call TexNewMathZone("D","eqnarray",1)
3845You'll need to change "mathzone" to the name of your new math group,
3846and then to the call to it in .vim/after/syntax/tex.vim.
3847The "starform" variable, if true, implies that your new math group
3848has a starred form (ie. eqnarray*).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003849
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003850 *tex-style* *b:tex_stylish*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003851 Tex: Starting a New Style? ~
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003852
3853One may use "\makeatletter" in *.tex files, thereby making the use of "@" in
3854commands available. However, since the *.tex file doesn't have one of the
3855following suffices: sty cls clo dtx ltx, the syntax highlighting will flag
3856such use of @ as an error. To solve this: >
3857
3858 :let b:tex_stylish = 1
3859 :set ft=tex
3860
3861Putting "let g:tex_stylish=1" into your <.vimrc> will make <syntax/tex.vim>
3862always accept such use of @.
3863
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003864 *tex-cchar* *tex-cole* *tex-conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003865 Tex: Taking Advantage of Conceal Mode~
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003866
Bram Moolenaar477db062010-07-28 18:17:41 +02003867If you have |'conceallevel'| set to 2 and if your encoding is utf-8, then a
3868number of character sequences can be translated into appropriate utf-8 glyphs,
3869including various accented characters, Greek characters in MathZones, and
3870superscripts and subscripts in MathZones. Not all characters can be made into
3871superscripts or subscripts; the constraint is due to what utf-8 supports.
3872In fact, only a few characters are supported as subscripts.
3873
3874One way to use this is to have vertically split windows (see |CTRL-W_v|); one
3875with |'conceallevel'| at 0 and the other at 2; and both using |'scrollbind'|.
Bram Moolenaar611df5b2010-07-26 22:51:56 +02003876
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003877 *g:tex_conceal*
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003878 Tex: Selective Conceal Mode~
3879
3880You may selectively use conceal mode by setting g:tex_conceal in your
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003881<.vimrc>. By default, g:tex_conceal is set to "admgs" to enable concealment
3882for the following sets of characters: >
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003883
3884 a = accents/ligatures
Bram Moolenaard38b0552012-04-25 19:07:41 +02003885 b = bold and italic
Bram Moolenaar7fc0c062010-08-10 21:43:35 +02003886 d = delimiters
3887 m = math symbols
3888 g = Greek
3889 s = superscripts/subscripts
3890<
3891By leaving one or more of these out, the associated conceal-character
3892substitution will not be made.
3893
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003894 *g:tex_isk* *g:tex_stylish*
3895 Tex: Controlling iskeyword~
3896
3897Normally, LaTeX keywords support 0-9, a-z, A-z, and 192-255 only. Latex
3898keywords don't support the underscore - except when in *.sty files. The
3899syntax highlighting script handles this with the following logic:
3900
3901 * If g:tex_stylish exists and is 1
3902 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3903 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003904 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003905 * Else if the file's suffix is sty, cls, clo, dtx, or ltx,
3906 then the file will be treated as a "sty" file, so the "_"
3907 will be allowed as part of keywords
Bram Moolenaar3df01732017-02-17 22:47:16 +01003908 (regardless of g:tex_isk)
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003909
3910 * If g:tex_isk exists, then it will be used for the local 'iskeyword'
3911 * Else the local 'iskeyword' will be set to 48-57,a-z,A-Z,192-255
3912
Bram Moolenaar6e932462014-09-09 18:48:09 +02003913 *tex-supersub* *g:tex_superscripts* *g:tex_subscripts*
3914 Tex: Fine Subscript and Superscript Control~
3915
3916 See |tex-conceal| for how to enable concealed character replacement.
3917
3918 See |g:tex_conceal| for selectively concealing accents, bold/italic,
3919 math, Greek, and superscripts/subscripts.
3920
3921 One may exert fine control over which superscripts and subscripts one
3922 wants syntax-based concealment for (see |:syn-cchar|). Since not all
3923 fonts support all characters, one may override the
3924 concealed-replacement lists; by default these lists are given by: >
3925
3926 let g:tex_superscripts= "[0-9a-zA-W.,:;+-<>/()=]"
3927 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aehijklmnoprstuvx,+-/().]"
3928<
3929 For example, I use Luxi Mono Bold; it doesn't support subscript
3930 characters for "hklmnpst", so I put >
3931 let g:tex_subscripts= "[0-9aeijoruvx,+-/().]"
3932< in ~/.vim/ftplugin/tex/tex.vim in order to avoid having inscrutable
3933 utf-8 glyphs appear.
3934
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003935 *tex-matchcheck* *g:tex_matchcheck*
3936 Tex: Match Check Control~
3937
3938 Sometimes one actually wants mismatched parentheses, square braces,
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02003939 and or curly braces; for example, \text{(1,10]} is a range from but
3940 not including 1 to and including 10. This wish, of course, conflicts
Bram Moolenaar1b884a02020-12-10 21:11:27 +01003941 with the desire to provide delimiter mismatch detection. To
3942 accommodate these conflicting goals, syntax/tex.vim provides >
3943 g:tex_matchcheck = '[({[]'
3944< which is shown along with its default setting. So, if one doesn't
3945 want [] and () to be checked for mismatches, try using >
3946 let g:tex_matchcheck= '[{}]'
3947< If you don't want matching to occur inside bold and italicized
3948 regions, >
3949 let g:tex_excludematcher= 1
3950< will prevent the texMatcher group from being included in those regions.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02003951
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003952TF *tf.vim* *ft-tf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003953
Bram Moolenaar22dbc772013-06-28 18:44:48 +02003954There is one option for the tf syntax highlighting.
3955
3956For syncing, minlines defaults to 100. If you prefer another value, you can
3957set "tf_minlines" to the value you desire. Example: >
3958
3959 :let tf_minlines = your choice
3960<
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003961TYPESCRIPT *typescript.vim* *ft-typescript-syntax*
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01003962 *typescriptreact.vim* *ft-typescriptreact-syntax*
rhysd5e457152024-05-24 18:59:10 +02003963
3964There is one option to control the TypeScript syntax highlighting.
3965
3966 *g:typescript_host_keyword*
3967When this variable is set to 1, host-specific APIs such as `addEventListener`
3968are highlighted. To disable set it to zero in your .vimrc: >
3969
3970 let g:typescript_host_keyword = 0
3971<
3972The default value is 1.
3973
Gregory Anders1cc4cae2024-07-15 20:00:48 +02003974TYPST *ft-typst-syntax*
3975
3976 *g:typst_embedded_languages*
3977Typst files can embed syntax highlighting for other languages by setting the
3978|g:typst_embedded_languages| variable. This variable is a list of language
3979names whose syntax definitions will be included in Typst files. Example: >
3980
3981 let g:typst_embedded_languages = ['python', 'r']
3982
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003983VIM *vim.vim* *ft-vim-syntax*
3984 *g:vimsyn_minlines* *g:vimsyn_maxlines*
Bram Moolenaar996343d2010-07-04 22:20:21 +02003985There is a trade-off between more accurate syntax highlighting versus screen
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003986updating speed. To improve accuracy, you may wish to increase the
3987g:vimsyn_minlines variable. The g:vimsyn_maxlines variable may be used to
3988improve screen updating rates (see |:syn-sync| for more on this). >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003989
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003990 g:vimsyn_minlines : used to set synchronization minlines
3991 g:vimsyn_maxlines : used to set synchronization maxlines
3992<
3993 (g:vim_minlines and g:vim_maxlines are deprecated variants of
3994 these two options)
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003995
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00003996 *g:vimsyn_embed*
3997The g:vimsyn_embed option allows users to select what, if any, types of
3998embedded script highlighting they wish to have. >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00003999
Bram Moolenaara0f849e2015-10-30 14:37:44 +01004000 g:vimsyn_embed == 0 : don't support any embedded scripts
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004001 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'l' : support embedded Lua
4002 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'm' : support embedded MzScheme
4003 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'p' : support embedded Perl
4004 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'P' : support embedded Python
4005 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 'r' : support embedded Ruby
4006 g:vimsyn_embed =~ 't' : support embedded Tcl
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004007<
Bram Moolenaar7cba6c02013-09-05 22:13:31 +02004008By default, g:vimsyn_embed is a string supporting interpreters that your vim
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004009itself supports. Concatenate the indicated characters to support multiple
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004010types of embedded interpreters (e.g., g:vimsyn_embed = "mp" supports embedded
4011mzscheme and embedded perl).
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004012 *g:vimsyn_folding*
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004013Some folding is now supported with when 'foldmethod' is set to "syntax": >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004014
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004015 g:vimsyn_folding == 0 or doesn't exist: no syntax-based folding
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02004016 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'a' : fold augroups
4017 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'c' : fold Vim9 classes
4018 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'e' : fold Vim9 enums
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004019 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'f' : fold functions
Doug Kearnsce064932024-04-13 18:24:01 +02004020 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'h' : fold heredocs
Doug Kearns818c6412024-10-06 17:00:48 +02004021 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'i' : fold Vim9 interfaces
4022 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'H' : fold Vim9 legacy headers
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004023 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'l' : fold Lua script
4024 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'm' : fold MzScheme script
4025 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'p' : fold Perl script
4026 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'P' : fold Python script
4027 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 'r' : fold Ruby script
4028 g:vimsyn_folding =~ 't' : fold Tcl script
Bram Moolenaar30b65812012-07-12 22:01:11 +02004029<
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004030
4031By default, g:vimsyn_folding is unset. Concatenate the indicated characters
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004032to support folding of multiple syntax constructs (e.g.,
4033g:vimsyn_folding = "fh" will enable folding of both functions and heredocs).
Doug Kearns92f4e912024-06-05 19:45:43 +02004034
dkearns959c3c82024-06-12 04:18:08 +10004035 *g:vimsyn_comment_strings*
4036By default, strings are highlighted inside comments. This may be disabled by
4037setting g:vimsyn_comment_strings to false.
4038
4039 *g:vimsyn_noerror*
Bram Moolenaarb544f3c2017-02-23 19:03:28 +01004040Not all error highlighting that syntax/vim.vim does may be correct; Vim script
4041is a difficult language to highlight correctly. A way to suppress error
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004042highlighting is to put the following line in your |vimrc|: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004043
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004044 let g:vimsyn_noerror = 1
4045<
Christian Brabandt8d67cbf2025-03-10 21:05:49 +01004046To suppress only specific errors, define the following variables: >
Bram Moolenaar437df8f2006-04-27 21:47:44 +00004047
Christian Brabandt8d67cbf2025-03-10 21:05:49 +01004048 g:vimsyn_nobehaveerror = 1 " :behave error
4049 g:vimsyn_vimFTError = 1 " :filetype error
4050 g:vimsyn_noaugrouperror = 1 " :augroup error
4051 g:vimsyn_noopererror = 1 " operator error
4052 g:vimsyn_notypealiaserror = 1 " Vim9 type alias error
4053 g:vimsyn_novimfunctionerror = 1 " Vim9 method error
4054 g:vimsyn_nousercmderror = 1 " :com error
4055 g:vimsyn_novimsynerror = 1 " :syn error
4056 g:vimsyn_novimsyncaseerror = 1 " :syn case error
4057 g:vimsyn_novimsynconcealerror = 1 " :syn conceal error
4058 g:vimsyn_novimsynfoldlevelerror = 1 " :syn foldlevel error
4059 g:vimsyn_novimsynspellerror = 1 " :syn spell error
4060 g:vimsyn_novimsyncerror = 1 " :syn sync error
4061 g:vimsyn_novimhictermerror = 1 " :hi error
4062 g:vimsyn_vimhikeyerror = 1 " :hi key=arg error
4063<
4064To force highlighting of Neovim specific Vim script elements (even if not
4065using Neovim), set >
4066
4067 let g:vimsyn_vim_features = ['nvim']
4068<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004069
Bram Moolenaar86b48162022-12-06 18:20:10 +00004070WDL *wdl.vim* *wdl-syntax*
4071
4072The Workflow Description Language is a way to specify data processing workflows
4073with a human-readable and writeable syntax. This is used a lot in
4074bioinformatics. More info on the spec can be found here:
4075https://github.com/openwdl/wdl
4076
4077
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004078XF86CONFIG *xf86conf.vim* *ft-xf86conf-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004079
4080The syntax of XF86Config file differs in XFree86 v3.x and v4.x. Both
4081variants are supported. Automatic detection is used, but is far from perfect.
4082You may need to specify the version manually. Set the variable
4083xf86conf_xfree86_version to 3 or 4 according to your XFree86 version in
4084your .vimrc. Example: >
4085 :let xf86conf_xfree86_version=3
4086When using a mix of versions, set the b:xf86conf_xfree86_version variable.
4087
4088Note that spaces and underscores in option names are not supported. Use
4089"SyncOnGreen" instead of "__s yn con gr_e_e_n" if you want the option name
4090highlighted.
4091
4092
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004093XML *xml.vim* *ft-xml-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004094
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004095Xml namespaces are highlighted by default. This can be inhibited by
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004096setting a global variable: >
4097
4098 :let g:xml_namespace_transparent=1
4099<
4100 *xml-folding*
4101The xml syntax file provides syntax |folding| (see |:syn-fold|) between
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004102start and end tags. This can be turned on by >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004103
4104 :let g:xml_syntax_folding = 1
4105 :set foldmethod=syntax
4106
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01004107Note: Syntax folding might slow down syntax highlighting significantly,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004108especially for large files.
4109
4110
Bram Moolenaarda2303d2005-08-30 21:55:26 +00004111X Pixmaps (XPM) *xpm.vim* *ft-xpm-syntax*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004112
4113xpm.vim creates its syntax items dynamically based upon the contents of the
4114XPM file. Thus if you make changes e.g. in the color specification strings,
4115you have to source it again e.g. with ":set syn=xpm".
4116
4117To copy a pixel with one of the colors, yank a "pixel" with "yl" and insert it
4118somewhere else with "P".
4119
4120Do you want to draw with the mouse? Try the following: >
4121 :function! GetPixel()
Bram Moolenaar61660ea2006-04-07 21:40:07 +00004122 : let c = getline(".")[col(".") - 1]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004123 : echo c
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00004124 : exe "noremap <LeftMouse> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
4125 : exe "noremap <LeftDrag> <LeftMouse>r" .. c
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004126 :endfunction
4127 :noremap <RightMouse> <LeftMouse>:call GetPixel()<CR>
4128 :set guicursor=n:hor20 " to see the color beneath the cursor
4129This turns the right button into a pipette and the left button into a pen.
4130It will work with XPM files that have one character per pixel only and you
4131must not click outside of the pixel strings, but feel free to improve it.
4132
4133It will look much better with a font in a quadratic cell size, e.g. for X: >
4134 :set guifont=-*-clean-medium-r-*-*-8-*-*-*-*-80-*
4135
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004136
4137YAML *yaml.vim* *ft-yaml-syntax*
4138
4139 *g:yaml_schema* *b:yaml_schema*
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004140A YAML schema is a combination of a set of tags and a mechanism for resolving
4141non-specific tags. For user this means that YAML parser may, depending on
4142plain scalar contents, treat plain scalar (which can actually be only string
4143and nothing else) as a value of the other type: null, boolean, floating-point,
4144integer. `g:yaml_schema` option determines according to which schema values
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004145will be highlighted specially. Supported schemas are
4146
4147Schema Description ~
4148failsafe No additional highlighting.
4149json Supports JSON-style numbers, booleans and null.
4150core Supports more number, boolean and null styles.
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004151pyyaml In addition to core schema supports highlighting timestamps,
4152 but there are some differences in what is recognized as
4153 numbers and many additional boolean values not present in core
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004154 schema.
4155
4156Default schema is `core`.
4157
Bram Moolenaar664f3cf2019-12-07 16:03:51 +01004158Note that schemas are not actually limited to plain scalars, but this is the
4159only difference between schemas defined in YAML specification and the only
Bram Moolenaar5a5f4592015-04-13 12:43:06 +02004160difference defined in the syntax file.
4161
Bram Moolenaarf3913272016-02-25 00:00:01 +01004162
4163ZSH *zsh.vim* *ft-zsh-syntax*
4164
4165The syntax script for zsh allows for syntax-based folding: >
4166
4167 :let g:zsh_fold_enable = 1
4168
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004169==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010041706. Defining a syntax *:syn-define* *E410*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004171
4172Vim understands three types of syntax items:
4173
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041741. Keyword
Bram Moolenaar71badf92023-04-22 22:40:14 +01004175 It can only contain keyword characters, according to the characters
4176 specified with |:syn-iskeyword| or the 'iskeyword' option. It cannot
4177 contain other syntax items. It will only match with a complete word (there
4178 are no keyword characters before or after the match). The keyword "if"
4179 would match in "if(a=b)", but not in "ifdef x", because "(" is not a
4180 keyword character and "d" is.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004181
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041822. Match
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004183 This is a match with a single regexp pattern.
4184
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +000041853. Region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004186 This starts at a match of the "start" regexp pattern and ends with a match
4187 with the "end" regexp pattern. Any other text can appear in between. A
4188 "skip" regexp pattern can be used to avoid matching the "end" pattern.
4189
4190Several syntax ITEMs can be put into one syntax GROUP. For a syntax group
4191you can give highlighting attributes. For example, you could have an item
4192to define a "/* .. */" comment and another one that defines a "// .." comment,
4193and put them both in the "Comment" group. You can then specify that a
4194"Comment" will be in bold font and have a blue color. You are free to make
4195one highlight group for one syntax item, or put all items into one group.
4196This depends on how you want to specify your highlighting attributes. Putting
4197each item in its own group results in having to specify the highlighting
4198for a lot of groups.
4199
4200Note that a syntax group and a highlight group are similar. For a highlight
4201group you will have given highlight attributes. These attributes will be used
4202for the syntax group with the same name.
4203
4204In case more than one item matches at the same position, the one that was
4205defined LAST wins. Thus you can override previously defined syntax items by
4206using an item that matches the same text. But a keyword always goes before a
4207match or region. And a keyword with matching case always goes before a
4208keyword with ignoring case.
4209
4210
4211PRIORITY *:syn-priority*
4212
4213When several syntax items may match, these rules are used:
4214
42151. When multiple Match or Region items start in the same position, the item
4216 defined last has priority.
42172. A Keyword has priority over Match and Region items.
42183. An item that starts in an earlier position has priority over items that
4219 start in later positions.
4220
4221
4222DEFINING CASE *:syn-case* *E390*
4223
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004224:sy[ntax] case [match | ignore]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004225 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will work with
4226 matching case, when using "match", or with ignoring case, when using
4227 "ignore". Note that any items before this are not affected, and all
4228 items until the next ":syntax case" command are affected.
4229
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004230:sy[ntax] case
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004231 Show either "syntax case match" or "syntax case ignore".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004232
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004233
4234DEFINING FOLDLEVEL *:syn-foldlevel*
4235
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004236:sy[ntax] foldlevel start
4237:sy[ntax] foldlevel minimum
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004238 This defines how the foldlevel of a line is computed when using
4239 foldmethod=syntax (see |fold-syntax| and |:syn-fold|):
4240
4241 start: Use level of item containing start of line.
4242 minimum: Use lowest local-minimum level of items on line.
4243
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004244 The default is "start". Use "minimum" to search a line horizontally
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004245 for the lowest level contained on the line that is followed by a
4246 higher level. This produces more natural folds when syntax items
4247 may close and open horizontally within a line.
4248
4249:sy[ntax] foldlevel
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004250 Show the current foldlevel method, either "syntax foldlevel start" or
4251 "syntax foldlevel minimum".
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004252
4253 {not meaningful when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4254
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004255SPELL CHECKING *:syn-spell*
4256
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004257:sy[ntax] spell toplevel
4258:sy[ntax] spell notoplevel
4259:sy[ntax] spell default
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004260 This defines where spell checking is to be done for text that is not
4261 in a syntax item:
4262
4263 toplevel: Text is spell checked.
4264 notoplevel: Text is not spell checked.
4265 default: When there is a @Spell cluster no spell checking.
4266
4267 For text in syntax items use the @Spell and @NoSpell clusters
4268 |spell-syntax|. When there is no @Spell and no @NoSpell cluster then
4269 spell checking is done for "default" and "toplevel".
4270
4271 To activate spell checking the 'spell' option must be set.
4272
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004273:sy[ntax] spell
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004274 Show the current syntax spell checking method, either "syntax spell
4275 toplevel", "syntax spell notoplevel" or "syntax spell default".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004276
4277
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004278SYNTAX ISKEYWORD SETTING *:syn-iskeyword*
4279
4280:sy[ntax] iskeyword [clear | {option}]
4281 This defines the keyword characters. It's like the 'iskeyword' option
4282 for but only applies to syntax highlighting.
4283
4284 clear: Syntax specific iskeyword setting is disabled and the
4285 buffer-local 'iskeyword' setting is used.
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00004286 {option} Set the syntax 'iskeyword' option to a new value.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004287
4288 Example: >
4289 :syntax iskeyword @,48-57,192-255,$,_
4290<
4291 This would set the syntax specific iskeyword option to include all
4292 alphabetic characters, plus the numeric characters, all accented
4293 characters and also includes the "_" and the "$".
4294
4295 If no argument is given, the current value will be output.
4296
4297 Setting this option influences what |/\k| matches in syntax patterns
Bram Moolenaar298b4402016-01-28 22:38:53 +01004298 and also determines where |:syn-keyword| will be checked for a new
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004299 match.
4300
Bram Moolenaard0796902016-09-16 20:02:31 +02004301 It is recommended when writing syntax files, to use this command to
4302 set the correct value for the specific syntax language and not change
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004303 the 'iskeyword' option.
Bram Moolenaarce0842a2005-07-18 21:58:11 +00004304
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004305DEFINING KEYWORDS *:syn-keyword*
4306
4307:sy[ntax] keyword {group-name} [{options}] {keyword} .. [{options}]
4308
4309 This defines a number of keywords.
4310
4311 {group-name} Is a syntax group name such as "Comment".
4312 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4313 {keyword} .. Is a list of keywords which are part of this group.
4314
4315 Example: >
4316 :syntax keyword Type int long char
4317<
4318 The {options} can be given anywhere in the line. They will apply to
4319 all keywords given, also for options that come after a keyword.
4320 These examples do exactly the same: >
4321 :syntax keyword Type contained int long char
4322 :syntax keyword Type int long contained char
4323 :syntax keyword Type int long char contained
Bram Moolenaar88774fd2015-08-25 19:52:04 +02004324< *E789* *E890*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004325 When you have a keyword with an optional tail, like Ex commands in
4326 Vim, you can put the optional characters inside [], to define all the
4327 variations at once: >
4328 :syntax keyword vimCommand ab[breviate] n[ext]
4329<
4330 Don't forget that a keyword can only be recognized if all the
4331 characters are included in the 'iskeyword' option. If one character
4332 isn't, the keyword will never be recognized.
4333 Multi-byte characters can also be used. These do not have to be in
4334 'iskeyword'.
Bram Moolenaarb8060fe2016-01-19 22:29:28 +01004335 See |:syn-iskeyword| for defining syntax specific iskeyword settings.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004336
4337 A keyword always has higher priority than a match or region, the
4338 keyword is used if more than one item matches. Keywords do not nest
4339 and a keyword can't contain anything else.
4340
4341 Note that when you have a keyword that is the same as an option (even
4342 one that isn't allowed here), you can not use it. Use a match
4343 instead.
4344
4345 The maximum length of a keyword is 80 characters.
4346
4347 The same keyword can be defined multiple times, when its containment
4348 differs. For example, you can define the keyword once not contained
4349 and use one highlight group, and once contained, and use a different
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004350 highlight group. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004351 :syn keyword vimCommand tag
4352 :syn keyword vimSetting contained tag
4353< When finding "tag" outside of any syntax item, the "vimCommand"
4354 highlight group is used. When finding "tag" in a syntax item that
4355 contains "vimSetting", the "vimSetting" group is used.
4356
4357
4358DEFINING MATCHES *:syn-match*
4359
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004360:sy[ntax] match {group-name} [{options}]
4361 [excludenl]
4362 [keepend]
4363 {pattern}
4364 [{options}]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004365
4366 This defines one match.
4367
4368 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4369 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4370 [excludenl] Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4371 extend a containing match or region. Must be
4372 given before the pattern. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaar2ec618c2016-10-01 14:47:05 +02004373 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4374 match with the end pattern. See
4375 |:syn-keepend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004376 {pattern} The search pattern that defines the match.
4377 See |:syn-pattern| below.
4378 Note that the pattern may match more than one
4379 line, which makes the match depend on where
4380 Vim starts searching for the pattern. You
4381 need to make sure syncing takes care of this.
4382
4383 Example (match a character constant): >
4384 :syntax match Character /'.'/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4385<
4386
4387DEFINING REGIONS *:syn-region* *:syn-start* *:syn-skip* *:syn-end*
4388 *E398* *E399*
4389:sy[ntax] region {group-name} [{options}]
4390 [matchgroup={group-name}]
4391 [keepend]
4392 [extend]
4393 [excludenl]
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004394 start={start-pattern} ..
4395 [skip={skip-pattern}]
4396 end={end-pattern} ..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004397 [{options}]
4398
4399 This defines one region. It may span several lines.
4400
4401 {group-name} A syntax group name such as "Comment".
4402 [{options}] See |:syn-arguments| below.
4403 [matchgroup={group-name}] The syntax group to use for the following
4404 start or end pattern matches only. Not used
4405 for the text in between the matched start and
4406 end patterns. Use NONE to reset to not using
4407 a different group for the start or end match.
4408 See |:syn-matchgroup|.
4409 keepend Don't allow contained matches to go past a
4410 match with the end pattern. See
4411 |:syn-keepend|.
4412 extend Override a "keepend" for an item this region
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00004413 is contained in. See |:syn-extend|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004414 excludenl Don't make a pattern with the end-of-line "$"
4415 extend a containing match or item. Only
4416 useful for end patterns. Must be given before
4417 the patterns it applies to. |:syn-excludenl|
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004418 start={start-pattern} The search pattern that defines the start of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004419 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004420 skip={skip-pattern} The search pattern that defines text inside
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004421 the region where not to look for the end
4422 pattern. See |:syn-pattern| below.
Bram Moolenaare7b1ea02020-08-07 19:54:59 +02004423 end={end-pattern} The search pattern that defines the end of
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004424 the region. See |:syn-pattern| below.
4425
4426 Example: >
4427 :syntax region String start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4428<
4429 The start/skip/end patterns and the options can be given in any order.
4430 There can be zero or one skip pattern. There must be one or more
4431 start and end patterns. This means that you can omit the skip
4432 pattern, but you must give at least one start and one end pattern. It
4433 is allowed to have white space before and after the equal sign
4434 (although it mostly looks better without white space).
4435
4436 When more than one start pattern is given, a match with one of these
4437 is sufficient. This means there is an OR relation between the start
4438 patterns. The last one that matches is used. The same is true for
4439 the end patterns.
4440
4441 The search for the end pattern starts right after the start pattern.
4442 Offsets are not used for this. This implies that the match for the
4443 end pattern will never overlap with the start pattern.
4444
4445 The skip and end pattern can match across line breaks, but since the
4446 search for the pattern can start in any line it often does not do what
4447 you want. The skip pattern doesn't avoid a match of an end pattern in
4448 the next line. Use single-line patterns to avoid trouble.
4449
4450 Note: The decision to start a region is only based on a matching start
4451 pattern. There is no check for a matching end pattern. This does NOT
4452 work: >
4453 :syn region First start="(" end=":"
4454 :syn region Second start="(" end=";"
4455< The Second always matches before the First (last defined pattern has
4456 higher priority). The Second region then continues until the next
4457 ';', no matter if there is a ':' before it. Using a match does work: >
4458 :syn match First "(\_.\{-}:"
4459 :syn match Second "(\_.\{-};"
4460< This pattern matches any character or line break with "\_." and
4461 repeats that with "\{-}" (repeat as few as possible).
4462
4463 *:syn-keepend*
4464 By default, a contained match can obscure a match for the end pattern.
4465 This is useful for nesting. For example, a region that starts with
4466 "{" and ends with "}", can contain another region. An encountered "}"
4467 will then end the contained region, but not the outer region:
4468 { starts outer "{}" region
4469 { starts contained "{}" region
4470 } ends contained "{}" region
4471 } ends outer "{} region
4472 If you don't want this, the "keepend" argument will make the matching
4473 of an end pattern of the outer region also end any contained item.
4474 This makes it impossible to nest the same region, but allows for
4475 contained items to highlight parts of the end pattern, without causing
4476 that to skip the match with the end pattern. Example: >
4477 :syn match vimComment +"[^"]\+$+
4478 :syn region vimCommand start="set" end="$" contains=vimComment keepend
4479< The "keepend" makes the vimCommand always end at the end of the line,
4480 even though the contained vimComment includes a match with the <EOL>.
4481
4482 When "keepend" is not used, a match with an end pattern is retried
4483 after each contained match. When "keepend" is included, the first
4484 encountered match with an end pattern is used, truncating any
4485 contained matches.
4486 *:syn-extend*
4487 The "keepend" behavior can be changed by using the "extend" argument.
4488 When an item with "extend" is contained in an item that uses
4489 "keepend", the "keepend" is ignored and the containing region will be
4490 extended.
4491 This can be used to have some contained items extend a region while
4492 others don't. Example: >
4493
4494 :syn region htmlRef start=+<a>+ end=+</a>+ keepend contains=htmlItem,htmlScript
4495 :syn match htmlItem +<[^>]*>+ contained
4496 :syn region htmlScript start=+<script+ end=+</script[^>]*>+ contained extend
4497
4498< Here the htmlItem item does not make the htmlRef item continue
4499 further, it is only used to highlight the <> items. The htmlScript
4500 item does extend the htmlRef item.
4501
4502 Another example: >
4503 :syn region xmlFold start="<a>" end="</a>" fold transparent keepend extend
4504< This defines a region with "keepend", so that its end cannot be
4505 changed by contained items, like when the "</a>" is matched to
4506 highlight it differently. But when the xmlFold region is nested (it
4507 includes itself), the "extend" applies, so that the "</a>" of a nested
4508 region only ends that region, and not the one it is contained in.
4509
4510 *:syn-excludenl*
4511 When a pattern for a match or end pattern of a region includes a '$'
4512 to match the end-of-line, it will make a region item that it is
4513 contained in continue on the next line. For example, a match with
4514 "\\$" (backslash at the end of the line) can make a region continue
4515 that would normally stop at the end of the line. This is the default
4516 behavior. If this is not wanted, there are two ways to avoid it:
4517 1. Use "keepend" for the containing item. This will keep all
4518 contained matches from extending the match or region. It can be
4519 used when all contained items must not extend the containing item.
4520 2. Use "excludenl" in the contained item. This will keep that match
4521 from extending the containing match or region. It can be used if
4522 only some contained items must not extend the containing item.
4523 "excludenl" must be given before the pattern it applies to.
4524
4525 *:syn-matchgroup*
4526 "matchgroup" can be used to highlight the start and/or end pattern
4527 differently than the body of the region. Example: >
4528 :syntax region String matchgroup=Quote start=+"+ skip=+\\"+ end=+"+
4529< This will highlight the quotes with the "Quote" group, and the text in
4530 between with the "String" group.
4531 The "matchgroup" is used for all start and end patterns that follow,
4532 until the next "matchgroup". Use "matchgroup=NONE" to go back to not
4533 using a matchgroup.
4534
4535 In a start or end pattern that is highlighted with "matchgroup" the
4536 contained items of the region are not used. This can be used to avoid
4537 that a contained item matches in the start or end pattern match. When
4538 using "transparent", this does not apply to a start or end pattern
4539 match that is highlighted with "matchgroup".
4540
4541 Here is an example, which highlights three levels of parentheses in
4542 different colors: >
4543 :sy region par1 matchgroup=par1 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par2
4544 :sy region par2 matchgroup=par2 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par3 contained
4545 :sy region par3 matchgroup=par3 start=/(/ end=/)/ contains=par1 contained
4546 :hi par1 ctermfg=red guifg=red
4547 :hi par2 ctermfg=blue guifg=blue
4548 :hi par3 ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02004549<
4550 *E849*
4551The maximum number of syntax groups is 19999.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004552
4553==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010045547. :syntax arguments *:syn-arguments*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004555
4556The :syntax commands that define syntax items take a number of arguments.
4557The common ones are explained here. The arguments may be given in any order
4558and may be mixed with patterns.
4559
4560Not all commands accept all arguments. This table shows which arguments
4561can not be used for all commands:
Bram Moolenaar09092152010-08-08 16:38:42 +02004562 *E395*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004563 contains oneline fold display extend concealends~
4564:syntax keyword - - - - - -
4565:syntax match yes - yes yes yes -
4566:syntax region yes yes yes yes yes yes
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004567
4568These arguments can be used for all three commands:
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004569 conceal
4570 cchar
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004571 contained
4572 containedin
4573 nextgroup
4574 transparent
4575 skipwhite
4576 skipnl
4577 skipempty
4578
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004579conceal *conceal* *:syn-conceal*
4580
4581When the "conceal" argument is given, the item is marked as concealable.
Bram Moolenaar370df582010-06-22 05:16:38 +02004582Whether or not it is actually concealed depends on the value of the
Bram Moolenaarf5963f72010-07-23 22:10:27 +02004583'conceallevel' option. The 'concealcursor' option is used to decide whether
4584concealable items in the current line are displayed unconcealed to be able to
4585edit the line.
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004586
4587Another way to conceal text is with |matchadd()|, but internally this works a
4588bit differently |syntax-vs-match|.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004589
4590concealends *:syn-concealends*
4591
4592When the "concealends" argument is given, the start and end matches of
4593the region, but not the contents of the region, are marked as concealable.
4594Whether or not they are actually concealed depends on the setting on the
4595'conceallevel' option. The ends of a region can only be concealed separately
Christian Brabandtfe1e2b52024-04-26 18:42:59 +02004596in this way when they have their own highlighting via "matchgroup". The
4597|synconcealed()| function can be used to retrieve information about conealed
4598items.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004599
4600cchar *:syn-cchar*
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004601 *E844*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004602The "cchar" argument defines the character shown in place of the item
4603when it is concealed (setting "cchar" only makes sense when the conceal
4604argument is given.) If "cchar" is not set then the default conceal
Bram Moolenaard58e9292011-02-09 17:07:58 +01004605character defined in the 'listchars' option is used. The character cannot be
4606a control character such as Tab. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004607 :syntax match Entity "&amp;" conceal cchar=&
Bram Moolenaar9028b102010-07-11 16:58:51 +02004608See |hl-Conceal| for highlighting.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004609
4610contained *:syn-contained*
4611
4612When the "contained" argument is given, this item will not be recognized at
4613the top level, but only when it is mentioned in the "contains" field of
4614another match. Example: >
4615 :syntax keyword Todo TODO contained
4616 :syntax match Comment "//.*" contains=Todo
4617
4618
4619display *:syn-display*
4620
4621If the "display" argument is given, this item will be skipped when the
4622detected highlighting will not be displayed. This will speed up highlighting,
4623by skipping this item when only finding the syntax state for the text that is
4624to be displayed.
4625
4626Generally, you can use "display" for match and region items that meet these
4627conditions:
4628- The item does not continue past the end of a line. Example for C: A region
4629 for a "/*" comment can't contain "display", because it continues on the next
4630 line.
4631- The item does not contain items that continue past the end of the line or
4632 make it continue on the next line.
4633- The item does not change the size of any item it is contained in. Example
4634 for C: A match with "\\$" in a preprocessor match can't have "display",
4635 because it may make that preprocessor match shorter.
4636- The item does not allow other items to match that didn't match otherwise,
4637 and that item may extend the match too far. Example for C: A match for a
4638 "//" comment can't use "display", because a "/*" inside that comment would
4639 match then and start a comment which extends past the end of the line.
4640
4641Examples, for the C language, where "display" can be used:
4642- match with a number
4643- match with a label
4644
4645
4646transparent *:syn-transparent*
4647
4648If the "transparent" argument is given, this item will not be highlighted
4649itself, but will take the highlighting of the item it is contained in. This
4650is useful for syntax items that don't need any highlighting but are used
4651only to skip over a part of the text.
4652
4653The "contains=" argument is also inherited from the item it is contained in,
4654unless a "contains" argument is given for the transparent item itself. To
4655avoid that unwanted items are contained, use "contains=NONE". Example, which
4656highlights words in strings, but makes an exception for "vim": >
4657 :syn match myString /'[^']*'/ contains=myWord,myVim
4658 :syn match myWord /\<[a-z]*\>/ contained
4659 :syn match myVim /\<vim\>/ transparent contained contains=NONE
4660 :hi link myString String
4661 :hi link myWord Comment
4662Since the "myVim" match comes after "myWord" it is the preferred match (last
4663match in the same position overrules an earlier one). The "transparent"
4664argument makes the "myVim" match use the same highlighting as "myString". But
4665it does not contain anything. If the "contains=NONE" argument would be left
4666out, then "myVim" would use the contains argument from myString and allow
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02004667"myWord" to be contained, which will be highlighted as a Comment. This
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004668happens because a contained match doesn't match inside itself in the same
4669position, thus the "myVim" match doesn't overrule the "myWord" match here.
4670
4671When you look at the colored text, it is like looking at layers of contained
4672items. The contained item is on top of the item it is contained in, thus you
4673see the contained item. When a contained item is transparent, you can look
4674through, thus you see the item it is contained in. In a picture:
4675
4676 look from here
4677
4678 | | | | | |
4679 V V V V V V
4680
4681 xxxx yyy more contained items
4682 .................... contained item (transparent)
4683 ============================= first item
4684
4685The 'x', 'y' and '=' represent a highlighted syntax item. The '.' represent a
4686transparent group.
4687
4688What you see is:
4689
4690 =======xxxx=======yyy========
4691
4692Thus you look through the transparent "....".
4693
4694
4695oneline *:syn-oneline*
4696
4697The "oneline" argument indicates that the region does not cross a line
4698boundary. It must match completely in the current line. However, when the
4699region has a contained item that does cross a line boundary, it continues on
4700the next line anyway. A contained item can be used to recognize a line
4701continuation pattern. But the "end" pattern must still match in the first
4702line, otherwise the region doesn't even start.
4703
4704When the start pattern includes a "\n" to match an end-of-line, the end
4705pattern must be found in the same line as where the start pattern ends. The
4706end pattern may also include an end-of-line. Thus the "oneline" argument
4707means that the end of the start pattern and the start of the end pattern must
4708be within one line. This can't be changed by a skip pattern that matches a
4709line break.
4710
4711
4712fold *:syn-fold*
4713
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004714The "fold" argument makes the fold level increase by one for this item.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004715Example: >
4716 :syn region myFold start="{" end="}" transparent fold
4717 :syn sync fromstart
4718 :set foldmethod=syntax
4719This will make each {} block form one fold.
4720
4721The fold will start on the line where the item starts, and end where the item
4722ends. If the start and end are within the same line, there is no fold.
4723The 'foldnestmax' option limits the nesting of syntax folds.
Bram Moolenaare35a52a2020-05-31 19:48:53 +02004724See |:syn-foldlevel| to control how the foldlevel of a line is computed
4725from its syntax items.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004726{not available when Vim was compiled without |+folding| feature}
4727
4728
4729 *:syn-contains* *E405* *E406* *E407* *E408* *E409*
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004730contains={group-name},..
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004731
4732The "contains" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. These
4733groups will be allowed to begin inside the item (they may extend past the
4734containing group's end). This allows for recursive nesting of matches and
4735regions. If there is no "contains" argument, no groups will be contained in
4736this item. The group names do not need to be defined before they can be used
4737here.
4738
4739contains=ALL
4740 If the only item in the contains list is "ALL", then all
4741 groups will be accepted inside the item.
4742
4743contains=ALLBUT,{group-name},..
4744 If the first item in the contains list is "ALLBUT", then all
4745 groups will be accepted inside the item, except the ones that
4746 are listed. Example: >
4747 :syntax region Block start="{" end="}" ... contains=ALLBUT,Function
4748
4749contains=TOP
4750 If the first item in the contains list is "TOP", then all
4751 groups will be accepted that don't have the "contained"
4752 argument.
4753contains=TOP,{group-name},..
4754 Like "TOP", but excluding the groups that are listed.
4755
4756contains=CONTAINED
4757 If the first item in the contains list is "CONTAINED", then
4758 all groups will be accepted that have the "contained"
4759 argument.
4760contains=CONTAINED,{group-name},..
4761 Like "CONTAINED", but excluding the groups that are
4762 listed.
4763
4764
4765The {group-name} in the "contains" list can be a pattern. All group names
4766that match the pattern will be included (or excluded, if "ALLBUT" is used).
4767The pattern cannot contain white space or a ','. Example: >
4768 ... contains=Comment.*,Keyw[0-3]
4769The matching will be done at moment the syntax command is executed. Groups
4770that are defined later will not be matched. Also, if the current syntax
4771command defines a new group, it is not matched. Be careful: When putting
4772syntax commands in a file you can't rely on groups NOT being defined, because
4773the file may have been sourced before, and ":syn clear" doesn't remove the
4774group names.
4775
4776The contained groups will also match in the start and end patterns of a
4777region. If this is not wanted, the "matchgroup" argument can be used
4778|:syn-matchgroup|. The "ms=" and "me=" offsets can be used to change the
4779region where contained items do match. Note that this may also limit the
4780area that is highlighted
4781
4782
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004783containedin={group-name}... *:syn-containedin*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004784
4785The "containedin" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names. The
4786item will be allowed to begin inside these groups. This works as if the
4787containing item has a "contains=" argument that includes this item.
4788
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004789The {group-name}... can be used just like for "contains", as explained above.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004790
4791This is useful when adding a syntax item afterwards. An item can be told to
4792be included inside an already existing item, without changing the definition
4793of that item. For example, to highlight a word in a C comment after loading
4794the C syntax: >
4795 :syn keyword myword HELP containedin=cComment contained
4796Note that "contained" is also used, to avoid that the item matches at the top
4797level.
4798
4799Matches for "containedin" are added to the other places where the item can
4800appear. A "contains" argument may also be added as usual. Don't forget that
4801keywords never contain another item, thus adding them to "containedin" won't
4802work.
4803
4804
Bram Moolenaar3a991dd2014-10-02 01:41:41 +02004805nextgroup={group-name},.. *:syn-nextgroup*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004806
4807The "nextgroup" argument is followed by a list of syntax group names,
4808separated by commas (just like with "contains", so you can also use patterns).
4809
4810If the "nextgroup" argument is given, the mentioned syntax groups will be
4811tried for a match, after the match or region ends. If none of the groups have
4812a match, highlighting continues normally. If there is a match, this group
4813will be used, even when it is not mentioned in the "contains" field of the
4814current group. This is like giving the mentioned group priority over all
4815other groups. Example: >
4816 :syntax match ccFoobar "Foo.\{-}Bar" contains=ccFoo
4817 :syntax match ccFoo "Foo" contained nextgroup=ccFiller
4818 :syntax region ccFiller start="." matchgroup=ccBar end="Bar" contained
4819
4820This will highlight "Foo" and "Bar" differently, and only when there is a
4821"Bar" after "Foo". In the text line below, "f" shows where ccFoo is used for
4822highlighting, and "bbb" where ccBar is used. >
4823
4824 Foo asdfasd Bar asdf Foo asdf Bar asdf
4825 fff bbb fff bbb
4826
4827Note the use of ".\{-}" to skip as little as possible until the next Bar.
4828when ".*" would be used, the "asdf" in between "Bar" and "Foo" would be
4829highlighted according to the "ccFoobar" group, because the ccFooBar match
4830would include the first "Foo" and the last "Bar" in the line (see |pattern|).
4831
4832
4833skipwhite *:syn-skipwhite*
4834skipnl *:syn-skipnl*
4835skipempty *:syn-skipempty*
4836
4837These arguments are only used in combination with "nextgroup". They can be
4838used to allow the next group to match after skipping some text:
Bram Moolenaardd2a0d82007-05-12 15:07:00 +00004839 skipwhite skip over space and tab characters
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004840 skipnl skip over the end of a line
4841 skipempty skip over empty lines (implies a "skipnl")
4842
4843When "skipwhite" is present, the white space is only skipped if there is no
4844next group that matches the white space.
4845
4846When "skipnl" is present, the match with nextgroup may be found in the next
4847line. This only happens when the current item ends at the end of the current
4848line! When "skipnl" is not present, the nextgroup will only be found after
4849the current item in the same line.
4850
4851When skipping text while looking for a next group, the matches for other
4852groups are ignored. Only when no next group matches, other items are tried
4853for a match again. This means that matching a next group and skipping white
4854space and <EOL>s has a higher priority than other items.
4855
4856Example: >
4857 :syn match ifstart "\<if.*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty
4858 :syn match ifline "[^ \t].*" nextgroup=ifline skipwhite skipempty contained
4859 :syn match ifline "endif" contained
4860Note that the "[^ \t].*" match matches all non-white text. Thus it would also
4861match "endif". Therefore the "endif" match is put last, so that it takes
4862precedence.
4863Note that this example doesn't work for nested "if"s. You need to add
4864"contains" arguments to make that work (omitted for simplicity of the
4865example).
4866
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02004867IMPLICIT CONCEAL *:syn-conceal-implicit*
4868
4869:sy[ntax] conceal [on|off]
4870 This defines if the following ":syntax" commands will define keywords,
4871 matches or regions with the "conceal" flag set. After ":syn conceal
4872 on", all subsequent ":syn keyword", ":syn match" or ":syn region"
4873 defined will have the "conceal" flag set implicitly. ":syn conceal
4874 off" returns to the normal state where the "conceal" flag must be
4875 given explicitly.
4876
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004877:sy[ntax] conceal
Bram Moolenaar9da17d72022-02-09 21:50:44 +00004878 Show either "syntax conceal on" or "syntax conceal off".
Bram Moolenaar690afe12017-01-28 18:34:47 +01004879
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004880==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010048818. Syntax patterns *:syn-pattern* *E401* *E402*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004882
4883In the syntax commands, a pattern must be surrounded by two identical
4884characters. This is like it works for the ":s" command. The most common to
4885use is the double quote. But if the pattern contains a double quote, you can
4886use another character that is not used in the pattern. Examples: >
4887 :syntax region Comment start="/\*" end="\*/"
4888 :syntax region String start=+"+ end=+"+ skip=+\\"+
4889
4890See |pattern| for the explanation of what a pattern is. Syntax patterns are
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00004891always interpreted like the 'magic' option is set, no matter what the actual
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004892value of 'magic' is. And the patterns are interpreted like the 'l' flag is
4893not included in 'cpoptions'. This was done to make syntax files portable and
4894independent of 'compatible' and 'magic' settings.
4895
4896Try to avoid patterns that can match an empty string, such as "[a-z]*".
4897This slows down the highlighting a lot, because it matches everywhere.
4898
4899 *:syn-pattern-offset*
4900The pattern can be followed by a character offset. This can be used to
4901change the highlighted part, and to change the text area included in the
4902match or region (which only matters when trying to match other items). Both
4903are relative to the matched pattern. The character offset for a skip
4904pattern can be used to tell where to continue looking for an end pattern.
4905
4906The offset takes the form of "{what}={offset}"
4907The {what} can be one of seven strings:
4908
4909ms Match Start offset for the start of the matched text
4910me Match End offset for the end of the matched text
4911hs Highlight Start offset for where the highlighting starts
4912he Highlight End offset for where the highlighting ends
4913rs Region Start offset for where the body of a region starts
4914re Region End offset for where the body of a region ends
4915lc Leading Context offset past "leading context" of pattern
4916
4917The {offset} can be:
4918
4919s start of the matched pattern
4920s+{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4921s-{nr} start of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
4922e end of the matched pattern
4923e+{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the right
4924e-{nr} end of the matched pattern plus {nr} chars to the left
Bram Moolenaarac7bd632013-03-19 11:35:58 +01004925{nr} (for "lc" only): start matching {nr} chars right of the start
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004926
4927Examples: "ms=s+1", "hs=e-2", "lc=3".
4928
4929Although all offsets are accepted after any pattern, they are not always
4930meaningful. This table shows which offsets are actually used:
4931
4932 ms me hs he rs re lc ~
4933match item yes yes yes yes - - yes
4934region item start yes - yes - yes - yes
4935region item skip - yes - - - - yes
4936region item end - yes - yes - yes yes
4937
4938Offsets can be concatenated, with a ',' in between. Example: >
4939 :syn match String /"[^"]*"/hs=s+1,he=e-1
4940<
4941 some "string" text
4942 ^^^^^^ highlighted
4943
4944Notes:
4945- There must be no white space between the pattern and the character
4946 offset(s).
4947- The highlighted area will never be outside of the matched text.
4948- A negative offset for an end pattern may not always work, because the end
4949 pattern may be detected when the highlighting should already have stopped.
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004950- Before Vim 7.2 the offsets were counted in bytes instead of characters.
Bram Moolenaar207f0092020-08-30 17:20:20 +02004951 This didn't work well for multibyte characters, so it was changed with the
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01004952 Vim 7.2 release.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004953- The start of a match cannot be in a line other than where the pattern
4954 matched. This doesn't work: "a\nb"ms=e. You can make the highlighting
4955 start in another line, this does work: "a\nb"hs=e.
4956
4957Example (match a comment but don't highlight the /* and */): >
4958 :syntax region Comment start="/\*"hs=e+1 end="\*/"he=s-1
4959<
4960 /* this is a comment */
4961 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ highlighted
4962
4963A more complicated Example: >
4964 :syn region Exa matchgroup=Foo start="foo"hs=s+2,rs=e+2 matchgroup=Bar end="bar"me=e-1,he=e-1,re=s-1
4965<
4966 abcfoostringbarabc
4967 mmmmmmmmmmm match
Bram Moolenaar4770d092006-01-12 23:22:24 +00004968 sssrrreee highlight start/region/end ("Foo", "Exa" and "Bar")
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004969
4970Leading context *:syn-lc* *:syn-leading* *:syn-context*
4971
4972Note: This is an obsolete feature, only included for backwards compatibility
4973with previous Vim versions. It's now recommended to use the |/\@<=| construct
Bram Moolenaar1588bc82022-03-08 21:35:07 +00004974in the pattern. You can also often use |/\zs|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00004975
4976The "lc" offset specifies leading context -- a part of the pattern that must
4977be present, but is not considered part of the match. An offset of "lc=n" will
4978cause Vim to step back n columns before attempting the pattern match, allowing
4979characters which have already been matched in previous patterns to also be
4980used as leading context for this match. This can be used, for instance, to
4981specify that an "escaping" character must not precede the match: >
4982
4983 :syn match ZNoBackslash "[^\\]z"ms=s+1
4984 :syn match WNoBackslash "[^\\]w"lc=1
4985 :syn match Underline "_\+"
4986<
4987 ___zzzz ___wwww
4988 ^^^ ^^^ matches Underline
4989 ^ ^ matches ZNoBackslash
4990 ^^^^ matches WNoBackslash
4991
4992The "ms" offset is automatically set to the same value as the "lc" offset,
4993unless you set "ms" explicitly.
4994
4995
4996Multi-line patterns *:syn-multi-line*
4997
4998The patterns can include "\n" to match an end-of-line. Mostly this works as
4999expected, but there are a few exceptions.
5000
5001When using a start pattern with an offset, the start of the match is not
5002allowed to start in a following line. The highlighting can start in a
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005003following line though. Using the "\zs" item also requires that the start of
5004the match doesn't move to another line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005005
5006The skip pattern can include the "\n", but the search for an end pattern will
5007continue in the first character of the next line, also when that character is
5008matched by the skip pattern. This is because redrawing may start in any line
5009halfway a region and there is no check if the skip pattern started in a
5010previous line. For example, if the skip pattern is "a\nb" and an end pattern
5011is "b", the end pattern does match in the second line of this: >
5012 x x a
5013 b x x
5014Generally this means that the skip pattern should not match any characters
5015after the "\n".
5016
5017
5018External matches *:syn-ext-match*
5019
5020These extra regular expression items are available in region patterns:
5021
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02005022 */\z(* */\z(\)* *E50* *E52* *E879*
Bram Moolenaara3e6bc92013-01-30 14:18:00 +01005023 \z(\) Marks the sub-expression as "external", meaning that it can be
5024 accessed from another pattern match. Currently only usable in
5025 defining a syntax region start pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005026
5027 */\z1* */\z2* */\z3* */\z4* */\z5*
5028 \z1 ... \z9 */\z6* */\z7* */\z8* */\z9* *E66* *E67*
5029 Matches the same string that was matched by the corresponding
5030 sub-expression in a previous start pattern match.
5031
5032Sometimes the start and end patterns of a region need to share a common
5033sub-expression. A common example is the "here" document in Perl and many Unix
5034shells. This effect can be achieved with the "\z" special regular expression
5035items, which marks a sub-expression as "external", in the sense that it can be
5036referenced from outside the pattern in which it is defined. The here-document
5037example, for instance, can be done like this: >
5038 :syn region hereDoc start="<<\z(\I\i*\)" end="^\z1$"
5039
5040As can be seen here, the \z actually does double duty. In the start pattern,
5041it marks the "\(\I\i*\)" sub-expression as external; in the end pattern, it
Bram Moolenaarb4ff5182015-11-10 21:15:48 +01005042changes the \z1 back-reference into an external reference referring to the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005043first external sub-expression in the start pattern. External references can
5044also be used in skip patterns: >
Bram Moolenaarfa3b7232021-12-24 13:18:38 +00005045 :syn region foo start="start \z(\I\i*\)" skip="not end \z1" end="end \z1"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005046
5047Note that normal and external sub-expressions are completely orthogonal and
5048indexed separately; for instance, if the pattern "\z(..\)\(..\)" is applied
5049to the string "aabb", then \1 will refer to "bb" and \z1 will refer to "aa".
5050Note also that external sub-expressions cannot be accessed as back-references
5051within the same pattern like normal sub-expressions. If you want to use one
5052sub-expression as both a normal and an external sub-expression, you can nest
5053the two, as in "\(\z(...\)\)".
5054
5055Note that only matches within a single line can be used. Multi-line matches
5056cannot be referred to.
5057
5058==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +010050599. Syntax clusters *:syn-cluster* *E400*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005060
5061:sy[ntax] cluster {cluster-name} [contains={group-name}..]
5062 [add={group-name}..]
5063 [remove={group-name}..]
5064
5065This command allows you to cluster a list of syntax groups together under a
5066single name.
5067
5068 contains={group-name}..
5069 The cluster is set to the specified list of groups.
5070 add={group-name}..
5071 The specified groups are added to the cluster.
5072 remove={group-name}..
5073 The specified groups are removed from the cluster.
5074
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005075A cluster so defined may be referred to in a contains=.., containedin=..,
5076nextgroup=.., add=.. or remove=.. list with a "@" prefix. You can also use
5077this notation to implicitly declare a cluster before specifying its contents.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005078
5079Example: >
5080 :syntax match Thing "# [^#]\+ #" contains=@ThingMembers
5081 :syntax cluster ThingMembers contains=ThingMember1,ThingMember2
5082
5083As the previous example suggests, modifications to a cluster are effectively
5084retroactive; the membership of the cluster is checked at the last minute, so
5085to speak: >
5086 :syntax keyword A aaa
5087 :syntax keyword B bbb
5088 :syntax cluster AandB contains=A
5089 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@AandB
5090 :syntax cluster AandB add=B " now both keywords are matched in Stuff
5091
5092This also has implications for nested clusters: >
5093 :syntax keyword A aaa
5094 :syntax keyword B bbb
5095 :syntax cluster SmallGroup contains=B
5096 :syntax cluster BigGroup contains=A,@SmallGroup
5097 :syntax match Stuff "( aaa bbb )" contains=@BigGroup
5098 :syntax cluster BigGroup remove=B " no effect, since B isn't in BigGroup
5099 :syntax cluster SmallGroup remove=B " now bbb isn't matched within Stuff
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005100<
5101 *E848*
5102The maximum number of clusters is 9767.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005103
5104==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100510510. Including syntax files *:syn-include* *E397*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005106
5107It is often useful for one language's syntax file to include a syntax file for
5108a related language. Depending on the exact relationship, this can be done in
5109two different ways:
5110
5111 - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5112 allowed at the top level in the including syntax, you can simply use
5113 the |:runtime| command: >
5114
5115 " In cpp.vim:
5116 :runtime! syntax/c.vim
5117 :unlet b:current_syntax
5118
5119< - If top-level syntax items in the included syntax file are to be
5120 contained within a region in the including syntax, you can use the
5121 ":syntax include" command:
5122
5123:sy[ntax] include [@{grouplist-name}] {file-name}
5124
5125 All syntax items declared in the included file will have the
5126 "contained" flag added. In addition, if a group list is specified,
5127 all top-level syntax items in the included file will be added to
5128 that list. >
5129
5130 " In perl.vim:
5131 :syntax include @Pod <sfile>:p:h/pod.vim
5132 :syntax region perlPOD start="^=head" end="^=cut" contains=@Pod
5133<
5134 When {file-name} is an absolute path (starts with "/", "c:", "$VAR"
5135 or "<sfile>") that file is sourced. When it is a relative path
5136 (e.g., "syntax/pod.vim") the file is searched for in 'runtimepath'.
5137 All matching files are loaded. Using a relative path is
5138 recommended, because it allows a user to replace the included file
Bram Moolenaareab6dff2020-03-01 19:06:45 +01005139 with their own version, without replacing the file that does the
5140 ":syn include".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005141
Bram Moolenaaradc21822011-04-01 18:03:16 +02005142 *E847*
5143The maximum number of includes is 999.
5144
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005145==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100514611. Synchronizing *:syn-sync* *E403* *E404*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005147
5148Vim wants to be able to start redrawing in any position in the document. To
5149make this possible it needs to know the syntax state at the position where
5150redrawing starts.
5151
5152:sy[ntax] sync [ccomment [group-name] | minlines={N} | ...]
5153
5154There are four ways to synchronize:
51551. Always parse from the start of the file.
5156 |:syn-sync-first|
51572. Based on C-style comments. Vim understands how C-comments work and can
5158 figure out if the current line starts inside or outside a comment.
5159 |:syn-sync-second|
51603. Jumping back a certain number of lines and start parsing there.
5161 |:syn-sync-third|
51624. Searching backwards in the text for a pattern to sync on.
5163 |:syn-sync-fourth|
5164
5165 *:syn-sync-maxlines* *:syn-sync-minlines*
5166For the last three methods, the line range where the parsing can start is
5167limited by "minlines" and "maxlines".
5168
5169If the "minlines={N}" argument is given, the parsing always starts at least
5170that many lines backwards. This can be used if the parsing may take a few
5171lines before it's correct, or when it's not possible to use syncing.
5172
5173If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given, the number of lines that are searched
5174for a comment or syncing pattern is restricted to N lines backwards (after
5175adding "minlines"). This is useful if you have few things to sync on and a
5176slow machine. Example: >
Bram Moolenaar2b8388b2015-02-28 13:11:45 +01005177 :syntax sync maxlines=500 ccomment
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005178<
5179 *:syn-sync-linebreaks*
5180When using a pattern that matches multiple lines, a change in one line may
5181cause a pattern to no longer match in a previous line. This means has to
5182start above where the change was made. How many lines can be specified with
5183the "linebreaks" argument. For example, when a pattern may include one line
5184break use this: >
5185 :syntax sync linebreaks=1
5186The result is that redrawing always starts at least one line before where a
5187change was made. The default value for "linebreaks" is zero. Usually the
5188value for "minlines" is bigger than "linebreaks".
5189
5190
5191First syncing method: *:syn-sync-first*
5192>
5193 :syntax sync fromstart
5194
5195The file will be parsed from the start. This makes syntax highlighting
5196accurate, but can be slow for long files. Vim caches previously parsed text,
5197so that it's only slow when parsing the text for the first time. However,
Bram Moolenaarf1568ec2011-12-14 21:17:39 +01005198when making changes some part of the text needs to be parsed again (worst
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005199case: to the end of the file).
5200
5201Using "fromstart" is equivalent to using "minlines" with a very large number.
5202
5203
5204Second syncing method: *:syn-sync-second* *:syn-sync-ccomment*
5205
5206For the second method, only the "ccomment" argument needs to be given.
5207Example: >
5208 :syntax sync ccomment
5209
5210When Vim finds that the line where displaying starts is inside a C-style
5211comment, the last region syntax item with the group-name "Comment" will be
5212used. This requires that there is a region with the group-name "Comment"!
5213An alternate group name can be specified, for example: >
5214 :syntax sync ccomment javaComment
5215This means that the last item specified with "syn region javaComment" will be
5216used for the detected C comment region. This only works properly if that
5217region does have a start pattern "\/*" and an end pattern "*\/".
5218
5219The "maxlines" argument can be used to restrict the search to a number of
5220lines. The "minlines" argument can be used to at least start a number of
5221lines back (e.g., for when there is some construct that only takes a few
5222lines, but it hard to sync on).
5223
5224Note: Syncing on a C comment doesn't work properly when strings are used
5225that cross a line and contain a "*/". Since letting strings cross a line
5226is a bad programming habit (many compilers give a warning message), and the
5227chance of a "*/" appearing inside a comment is very small, this restriction
5228is hardly ever noticed.
5229
5230
5231Third syncing method: *:syn-sync-third*
5232
5233For the third method, only the "minlines={N}" argument needs to be given.
5234Vim will subtract {N} from the line number and start parsing there. This
5235means {N} extra lines need to be parsed, which makes this method a bit slower.
5236Example: >
5237 :syntax sync minlines=50
5238
5239"lines" is equivalent to "minlines" (used by older versions).
5240
5241
5242Fourth syncing method: *:syn-sync-fourth*
5243
5244The idea is to synchronize on the end of a few specific regions, called a
5245sync pattern. Only regions can cross lines, so when we find the end of some
5246region, we might be able to know in which syntax item we are. The search
5247starts in the line just above the one where redrawing starts. From there
5248the search continues backwards in the file.
5249
5250This works just like the non-syncing syntax items. You can use contained
5251matches, nextgroup, etc. But there are a few differences:
5252- Keywords cannot be used.
5253- The syntax items with the "sync" keyword form a completely separated group
5254 of syntax items. You can't mix syncing groups and non-syncing groups.
5255- The matching works backwards in the buffer (line by line), instead of
5256 forwards.
5257- A line continuation pattern can be given. It is used to decide which group
5258 of lines need to be searched like they were one line. This means that the
5259 search for a match with the specified items starts in the first of the
Bram Moolenaarc8cdf0f2021-03-13 13:28:13 +01005260 consecutive lines that contain the continuation pattern.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005261- When using "nextgroup" or "contains", this only works within one line (or
5262 group of continued lines).
5263- When using a region, it must start and end in the same line (or group of
5264 continued lines). Otherwise the end is assumed to be at the end of the
5265 line (or group of continued lines).
5266- When a match with a sync pattern is found, the rest of the line (or group of
5267 continued lines) is searched for another match. The last match is used.
Jon Parise947f7522024-08-03 17:40:58 +02005268 This is used when a line can contain both the start and the end of a region
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005269 (e.g., in a C-comment like /* this */, the last "*/" is used).
5270
5271There are two ways how a match with a sync pattern can be used:
52721. Parsing for highlighting starts where redrawing starts (and where the
5273 search for the sync pattern started). The syntax group that is expected
5274 to be valid there must be specified. This works well when the regions
5275 that cross lines cannot contain other regions.
52762. Parsing for highlighting continues just after the match. The syntax group
5277 that is expected to be present just after the match must be specified.
5278 This can be used when the previous method doesn't work well. It's much
5279 slower, because more text needs to be parsed.
5280Both types of sync patterns can be used at the same time.
5281
5282Besides the sync patterns, other matches and regions can be specified, to
5283avoid finding unwanted matches.
5284
5285[The reason that the sync patterns are given separately, is that mostly the
5286search for the sync point can be much simpler than figuring out the
5287highlighting. The reduced number of patterns means it will go (much)
5288faster.]
5289
5290 *syn-sync-grouphere* *E393* *E394*
5291 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} grouphere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5292
5293 Define a match that is used for syncing. {group-name} is the
5294 name of a syntax group that follows just after the match. Parsing
5295 of the text for highlighting starts just after the match. A region
5296 must exist for this {group-name}. The first one defined will be used.
5297 "NONE" can be used for when there is no syntax group after the match.
5298
5299 *syn-sync-groupthere*
5300 :syntax sync match {sync-group-name} groupthere {group-name} "pattern" ..
5301
5302 Like "grouphere", but {group-name} is the name of a syntax group that
5303 is to be used at the start of the line where searching for the sync
5304 point started. The text between the match and the start of the sync
5305 pattern searching is assumed not to change the syntax highlighting.
5306 For example, in C you could search backwards for "/*" and "*/". If
5307 "/*" is found first, you know that you are inside a comment, so the
5308 "groupthere" is "cComment". If "*/" is found first, you know that you
5309 are not in a comment, so the "groupthere" is "NONE". (in practice
5310 it's a bit more complicated, because the "/*" and "*/" could appear
5311 inside a string. That's left as an exercise to the reader...).
5312
5313 :syntax sync match ..
5314 :syntax sync region ..
5315
5316 Without a "groupthere" argument. Define a region or match that is
5317 skipped while searching for a sync point.
5318
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005319 *syn-sync-linecont*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005320 :syntax sync linecont {pattern}
5321
5322 When {pattern} matches in a line, it is considered to continue in
5323 the next line. This means that the search for a sync point will
5324 consider the lines to be concatenated.
5325
5326If the "maxlines={N}" argument is given too, the number of lines that are
5327searched for a match is restricted to N. This is useful if you have very
5328few things to sync on and a slow machine. Example: >
5329 :syntax sync maxlines=100
5330
5331You can clear all sync settings with: >
5332 :syntax sync clear
5333
5334You can clear specific sync patterns with: >
5335 :syntax sync clear {sync-group-name} ..
5336
5337==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar9d87a372018-12-18 21:41:50 +0100533812. Listing syntax items *:syntax* *:sy* *:syn* *:syn-list*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005339
Bram Moolenaar482aaeb2005-09-29 18:26:07 +00005340This command lists all the syntax items: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005341
5342 :sy[ntax] [list]
5343
5344To show the syntax items for one syntax group: >
5345
5346 :sy[ntax] list {group-name}
5347
Bram Moolenaar24ea3ba2010-09-19 19:01:21 +02005348To list the syntax groups in one cluster: *E392* >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005349
5350 :sy[ntax] list @{cluster-name}
5351
5352See above for other arguments for the ":syntax" command.
5353
5354Note that the ":syntax" command can be abbreviated to ":sy", although ":syn"
5355is mostly used, because it looks better.
5356
5357==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100535813. Colorschemes *color-schemes*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005359
Bram Moolenaarb7398fe2023-05-14 18:50:25 +01005360In the next section you can find information about individual highlight groups
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005361and how to specify colors for them. Most likely you want to just select a set
5362of colors by using the `:colorscheme` command, for example: >
Bram Moolenaarb59ae592022-11-23 23:46:31 +00005363
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005364 colorscheme pablo
5365<
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005366 *:colo* *:colorscheme* *E185*
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005367:colo[rscheme] Output the name of the currently active color scheme.
5368 This is basically the same as >
5369 :echo g:colors_name
5370< In case g:colors_name has not been defined :colo will
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005371 output "default". Its palette is defined in the file
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005372 "$VIMRUNTIME/syntax/syncolor.vim" and is based on
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005373 legacy versions of peachpuff and desert. When compiled
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005374 without the |+eval| feature it will output "unknown".
Bram Moolenaar00a927d2010-05-14 23:24:24 +02005375
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005376:colo[rscheme] {name} Load color scheme {name}. This searches 'runtimepath'
Bram Moolenaarbc488a72013-07-05 21:01:22 +02005377 for the file "colors/{name}.vim". The first one that
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005378 is found is loaded.
nisbet-hubbard539349c2024-10-20 10:47:10 +02005379 Use `:colo default` to load the default colorscheme.
Bram Moolenaare18c0b32016-03-20 21:08:34 +01005380 Also searches all plugins in 'packpath', first below
5381 "start" and then under "opt".
5382
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005383 Doesn't work recursively, thus you can't use
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005384 ":colorscheme" in a color scheme script.
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005385
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005386You have two options for customizing a color scheme. For changing the
5387appearance of specific colors, you can redefine a color name before loading
5388the scheme. The desert scheme uses the khaki color for the cursor. To use a
5389darker variation of the same color: >
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005390
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005391 let v:colornames['khaki'] = '#bdb76b'
5392 colorscheme desert
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005393<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005394For further customization, such as changing |:highlight-link| associations,
5395use another name, e.g. "~/.vim/colors/mine.vim", and use `:runtime` to load
5396the original color scheme: >
5397 runtime colors/evening.vim
5398 hi Statement ctermfg=Blue guifg=Blue
Bram Moolenaarb4ada792016-10-30 21:55:26 +01005399
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005400Before the color scheme will be loaded all default color list scripts
5401(`colors/lists/default.vim`) will be executed and then the |ColorSchemePre|
5402autocommand event is triggered. After the color scheme has been loaded the
5403|ColorScheme| autocommand event is triggered.
5404
Bram Moolenaare8008642022-08-19 17:15:35 +01005405 *colorscheme-override*
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005406If a color scheme is almost right, you can add modifications on top of it by
5407using the |ColorScheme| autocommand. For example, to remove the background
5408color (can make it transparent in some terminals): >
5409 augroup my_colorschemes
5410 au!
5411 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
5412 augroup END
5413
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005414Change a couple more colors: >
5415 augroup my_colorschemes
5416 au!
5417 au Colorscheme pablo hi Normal ctermbg=NONE
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005418 \ | highlight Special ctermfg=63
Bram Moolenaarcfa8f9a2022-06-03 21:59:47 +01005419 \ | highlight Identifier ctermfg=44
5420 augroup END
5421
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005422If you make a lot of changes it might be better to copy the distributed
5423colorscheme to your home directory and change it: >
5424 :!cp $VIMRUNTIME/colors/pablo.vim ~/.vim/colors
5425 :edit ~/.vim/colors/pablo.vim
5426
5427With Vim 9.0 the collection of color schemes was updated and made work in many
5428different terminals. One change was to often define the Normal highlight
5429group to make sure the colors work well. In case you prefer the old version,
5430you can find them here:
5431https://github.com/vim/colorschemes/blob/master/legacy_colors/
5432
5433For info about writing a color scheme file: >
5434 :edit $VIMRUNTIME/colors/README.txt
5435
5436
5437==============================================================================
543814. Highlight command *:highlight* *:hi* *E28* *E411* *E415*
5439
5440There are three types of highlight groups:
5441- The ones used for specific languages. For these the name starts with the
5442 name of the language. Many of these don't have any attributes, but are
5443 linked to a group of the second type.
5444- The ones used for all syntax languages.
5445- The ones used for the 'highlight' option.
5446 *hitest.vim*
5447You can see all the groups currently active with this command: >
5448 :so $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/hitest.vim
5449This will open a new window containing all highlight group names, displayed
5450in their own color.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005451
5452:hi[ghlight] List all the current highlight groups that have
5453 attributes set.
5454
5455:hi[ghlight] {group-name}
5456 List one highlight group.
5457
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005458 *highlight-clear* *:hi-clear*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005459:hi[ghlight] clear Reset all highlighting to the defaults. Removes all
Bram Moolenaarf1dcd142022-12-31 15:30:45 +00005460 highlighting for groups added by the user.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005461 Uses the current value of 'background' to decide which
5462 default colors to use.
Bram Moolenaar213da552020-09-17 19:59:26 +02005463 If there was a default link, restore it. |:hi-link|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005464
5465:hi[ghlight] clear {group-name}
5466:hi[ghlight] {group-name} NONE
5467 Disable the highlighting for one highlight group. It
5468 is _not_ set back to the default colors.
5469
5470:hi[ghlight] [default] {group-name} {key}={arg} ..
5471 Add a highlight group, or change the highlighting for
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005472 an existing group. If a given color name is not
Bram Moolenaar519cc552021-11-16 19:18:26 +00005473 recognized, each `colors/lists/default.vim` found on
Bram Moolenaar113cb512021-11-07 20:27:04 +00005474 |'runtimepath'| will be loaded.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005475 See |highlight-args| for the {key}={arg} arguments.
5476 See |:highlight-default| for the optional [default]
5477 argument.
5478
Yee Cheng China7b81202025-02-23 09:32:47 +01005479:hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
5480:hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
5481 See |:hi-link|.
5482
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005483Normally a highlight group is added once when starting up. This sets the
5484default values for the highlighting. After that, you can use additional
5485highlight commands to change the arguments that you want to set to non-default
5486values. The value "NONE" can be used to switch the value off or go back to
5487the default value.
5488
5489A simple way to change colors is with the |:colorscheme| command. This loads
5490a file with ":highlight" commands such as this: >
5491
5492 :hi Comment gui=bold
5493
5494Note that all settings that are not included remain the same, only the
5495specified field is used, and settings are merged with previous ones. So, the
5496result is like this single command has been used: >
5497 :hi Comment term=bold ctermfg=Cyan guifg=#80a0ff gui=bold
5498<
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005499 *:highlight-verbose*
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005500When listing a highlight group and 'verbose' is non-zero, the listing will
5501also tell where it was last set. Example: >
5502 :verbose hi Comment
5503< Comment xxx term=bold ctermfg=4 guifg=Blue ~
Bram Moolenaarc9b4b052006-04-30 18:54:39 +00005504 Last set from /home/mool/vim/vim7/runtime/syntax/syncolor.vim ~
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005505
Bram Moolenaar8aff23a2005-08-19 20:40:30 +00005506When ":hi clear" is used then the script where this command is used will be
5507mentioned for the default values. See |:verbose-cmd| for more information.
Bram Moolenaar661b1822005-07-28 22:36:45 +00005508
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005509 *highlight-args* *E416* *E417* *E423*
5510There are three types of terminals for highlighting:
5511term a normal terminal (vt100, xterm)
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005512cterm a color terminal (MS-Windows console, color-xterm, these have the "Co"
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005513 termcap entry)
5514gui the GUI
5515
5516For each type the highlighting can be given. This makes it possible to use
5517the same syntax file on all terminals, and use the optimal highlighting.
5518
55191. highlight arguments for normal terminals
5520
Bram Moolenaar75c50c42005-06-04 22:06:24 +00005521 *bold* *underline* *undercurl*
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005522 *underdouble* *underdotted*
5523 *underdashed* *inverse* *italic*
5524 *standout* *nocombine* *strikethrough*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005525term={attr-list} *attr-list* *highlight-term* *E418*
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005526 attr-list is a comma-separated list (without spaces) of the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005527 following items (in any order):
5528 bold
5529 underline
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005530 undercurl not always available
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005531 underdouble not always available
5532 underdotted not always available
5533 underdashed not always available
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005534 strikethrough not always available
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005535 reverse
5536 inverse same as reverse
5537 italic
5538 standout
Bram Moolenaar0cd2a942017-08-12 15:12:30 +02005539 nocombine override attributes instead of combining them
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005540 NONE no attributes used (used to reset it)
5541
5542 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5543 have the same effect.
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005544 *underline-codes*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005545 "undercurl" is a curly underline. When "undercurl" is not possible
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005546 then "underline" is used. In general "undercurl" and "strikethrough"
Bram Moolenaaracc22402020-06-07 21:07:18 +02005547 are only available in the GUI and some terminals. The color is set
5548 with |highlight-guisp| or |highlight-ctermul|. You can try these
5549 termcap entries to make undercurl work in a terminal: >
5550 let &t_Cs = "\e[4:3m"
5551 let &t_Ce = "\e[4:0m"
5552
Bram Moolenaar84f54632022-06-29 18:39:11 +01005553< "underdouble" is a double underline, "underdotted" is a dotted
5554 underline and "underdashed" is a dashed underline. These are only
5555 supported by some terminals. If your terminal supports them you may
5556 have to specify the codes like this: >
5557 let &t_Us = "\e[4:2m"
5558 let &t_ds = "\e[4:4m"
5559 let &t_Ds = "\e[4:5m"
5560< They are reset with |t_Ce|, the same as curly underline (undercurl).
5561 When t_Us, t_ds or t_Ds is not set then underline will be used as a
5562 fallback.
5563
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005564
5565start={term-list} *highlight-start* *E422*
5566stop={term-list} *term-list* *highlight-stop*
5567 These lists of terminal codes can be used to get
5568 non-standard attributes on a terminal.
5569
5570 The escape sequence specified with the "start" argument
5571 is written before the characters in the highlighted
5572 area. It can be anything that you want to send to the
5573 terminal to highlight this area. The escape sequence
5574 specified with the "stop" argument is written after the
5575 highlighted area. This should undo the "start" argument.
5576 Otherwise the screen will look messed up.
5577
5578 The {term-list} can have two forms:
5579
5580 1. A string with escape sequences.
5581 This is any string of characters, except that it can't start with
5582 "t_" and blanks are not allowed. The <> notation is recognized
5583 here, so you can use things like "<Esc>" and "<Space>". Example:
5584 start=<Esc>[27h;<Esc>[<Space>r;
5585
5586 2. A list of terminal codes.
5587 Each terminal code has the form "t_xx", where "xx" is the name of
5588 the termcap entry. The codes have to be separated with commas.
5589 White space is not allowed. Example:
5590 start=t_C1,t_BL
5591 The terminal codes must exist for this to work.
5592
5593
55942. highlight arguments for color terminals
5595
5596cterm={attr-list} *highlight-cterm*
5597 See above for the description of {attr-list} |attr-list|.
5598 The "cterm" argument is likely to be different from "term", when
5599 colors are used. For example, in a normal terminal comments could
5600 be underlined, in a color terminal they can be made Blue.
Bram Moolenaar68e65602019-05-26 21:33:31 +02005601 Note: Some terminals (e.g., DOS console) can't mix these attributes
5602 with coloring. To be portable, use only one of "cterm=" OR "ctermfg="
5603 OR "ctermbg=".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005604
5605ctermfg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermfg* *E421*
5606ctermbg={color-nr} *highlight-ctermbg*
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005607ctermul={color-nr} *highlight-ctermul*
5608 These give the foreground (ctermfg), background (ctermbg) and
5609 underline (ctermul) color to use in the terminal.
5610
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005611 The {color-nr} argument is a color number. Its range is zero to
5612 (not including) the number given by the termcap entry "Co".
5613 The actual color with this number depends on the type of terminal
5614 and its settings. Sometimes the color also depends on the settings of
5615 "cterm". For example, on some systems "cterm=bold ctermfg=3" gives
5616 another color, on others you just get color 3.
5617
5618 For an xterm this depends on your resources, and is a bit
5619 unpredictable. See your xterm documentation for the defaults. The
5620 colors for a color-xterm can be changed from the .Xdefaults file.
5621 Unfortunately this means that it's not possible to get the same colors
5622 for each user. See |xterm-color| for info about color xterms.
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005623 *tmux*
5624 When using tmux you may want to use this in the tmux config: >
5625 # tmux colors
Bram Moolenaar2346a632021-06-13 19:02:49 +02005626 set -s default-terminal "tmux-256color"
5627 set -as terminal-overrides ",*-256color:Tc"
Bram Moolenaard2ea7cf2021-05-30 20:54:13 +02005628< More info at:
5629 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-a-256-colour-terminal
5630 https://github.com/tmux/tmux/wiki/FAQ#how-do-i-use-rgb-colour
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005631
Bram Moolenaar5666fcd2019-12-26 14:35:26 +01005632 The MS-Windows standard colors are fixed (in a console window), so
5633 these have been used for the names. But the meaning of color names in
5634 X11 are fixed, so these color settings have been used, to make the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005635 highlighting settings portable (complicated, isn't it?). The
5636 following names are recognized, with the color number used:
5637
5638 *cterm-colors*
5639 NR-16 NR-8 COLOR NAME ~
5640 0 0 Black
5641 1 4 DarkBlue
5642 2 2 DarkGreen
5643 3 6 DarkCyan
5644 4 1 DarkRed
5645 5 5 DarkMagenta
5646 6 3 Brown, DarkYellow
5647 7 7 LightGray, LightGrey, Gray, Grey
5648 8 0* DarkGray, DarkGrey
5649 9 4* Blue, LightBlue
5650 10 2* Green, LightGreen
5651 11 6* Cyan, LightCyan
5652 12 1* Red, LightRed
5653 13 5* Magenta, LightMagenta
5654 14 3* Yellow, LightYellow
5655 15 7* White
5656
5657 The number under "NR-16" is used for 16-color terminals ('t_Co'
5658 greater than or equal to 16). The number under "NR-8" is used for
5659 8-color terminals ('t_Co' less than 16). The '*' indicates that the
5660 bold attribute is set for ctermfg. In many 8-color terminals (e.g.,
5661 "linux"), this causes the bright colors to appear. This doesn't work
5662 for background colors! Without the '*' the bold attribute is removed.
5663 If you want to set the bold attribute in a different way, put a
5664 "cterm=" argument AFTER the "ctermfg=" or "ctermbg=" argument. Or use
5665 a number instead of a color name.
5666
Christian Brabandt0f4054f2024-02-05 10:30:01 +01005667 The case of the color names is ignored, however Vim will use lower
5668 case color names when reading from the |v:colornames| dictionary.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005669 Note that for 16 color ansi style terminals (including xterms), the
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005670 numbers in the NR-8 column is used. Here '*' means 'add 8' so that
5671 Blue is 12, DarkGray is 8 etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005672
5673 Note that for some color terminals these names may result in the wrong
5674 colors!
5675
Bram Moolenaar5837f1f2015-03-21 18:06:14 +01005676 You can also use "NONE" to remove the color.
5677
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005678 *:hi-normal-cterm*
5679 When setting the "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" colors for the Normal group,
5680 these will become the colors used for the non-highlighted text.
5681 Example: >
5682 :highlight Normal ctermfg=grey ctermbg=darkblue
5683< When setting the "ctermbg" color for the Normal group, the
Bram Moolenaar6aa8cea2017-06-05 14:44:35 +02005684 'background' option will be adjusted automatically, under the
5685 condition that the color is recognized and 'background' was not set
5686 explicitly. This causes the highlight groups that depend on
5687 'background' to change! This means you should set the colors for
5688 Normal first, before setting other colors.
Bram Moolenaar723dd942019-04-04 13:11:03 +02005689 When a color scheme is being used, changing 'background' causes it to
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005690 be reloaded, which may reset all colors (including Normal). First
Bram Moolenaar8f3f58f2010-01-06 20:52:26 +01005691 delete the "g:colors_name" variable when you don't want this.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005692
5693 When you have set "ctermfg" or "ctermbg" for the Normal group, Vim
5694 needs to reset the color when exiting. This is done with the "op"
5695 termcap entry |t_op|. If this doesn't work correctly, try setting the
5696 't_op' option in your .vimrc.
Bram Moolenaare023e882020-05-31 16:42:30 +02005697 *E419* *E420* *E453*
5698 When Vim knows the normal foreground, background and underline colors,
5699 "fg", "bg" and "ul" can be used as color names. This only works after
5700 setting the colors for the Normal group and for the MS-Windows
5701 console. Example, for reverse video: >
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005702 :highlight Visual ctermfg=bg ctermbg=fg
5703< Note that the colors are used that are valid at the moment this
Bram Moolenaar75e15672020-06-28 13:10:22 +02005704 command is given. If the Normal group colors are changed later, the
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005705 "fg" and "bg" colors will not be adjusted.
5706
PMuncha606f3a2023-11-15 15:35:49 +01005707ctermfont={font-nr} *highlight-ctermfont*
5708 This gives the alternative font number to use in the terminal. The
5709 available fonts depend on the terminal, and if the terminal is not set
5710 up for alternative fonts this simply won't do anything. The range of
5711 {font-nr} is 0-10 where 0 resets the font to the default font, 1-9
5712 selects one of the 9 alternate fonts, and 10 selects the Fraktur font.
5713 For more information see your terminal's handling of SGR parameters
5714 10-20. |t_CF|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005715
57163. highlight arguments for the GUI
5717
5718gui={attr-list} *highlight-gui*
5719 These give the attributes to use in the GUI mode.
5720 See |attr-list| for a description.
5721 Note that "bold" can be used here and by using a bold font. They
5722 have the same effect.
5723 Note that the attributes are ignored for the "Normal" group.
5724
5725font={font-name} *highlight-font*
5726 font-name is the name of a font, as it is used on the system Vim
5727 runs on. For X11 this is a complicated name, for example: >
5728 font=-misc-fixed-bold-r-normal--14-130-75-75-c-70-iso8859-1
5729<
5730 The font-name "NONE" can be used to revert to the default font.
5731 When setting the font for the "Normal" group, this becomes the default
5732 font (until the 'guifont' option is changed; the last one set is
5733 used).
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01005734 The following only works with Motif, not with other GUIs:
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005735 When setting the font for the "Menu" group, the menus will be changed.
5736 When setting the font for the "Tooltip" group, the tooltips will be
5737 changed.
5738 All fonts used, except for Menu and Tooltip, should be of the same
5739 character size as the default font! Otherwise redrawing problems will
5740 occur.
Bram Moolenaar82af8712016-06-04 20:20:29 +02005741 To use a font name with an embedded space or other special character,
5742 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5743 Example: >
5744 :hi comment font='Monospace 10'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005745
5746guifg={color-name} *highlight-guifg*
5747guibg={color-name} *highlight-guibg*
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005748guisp={color-name} *highlight-guisp*
5749 These give the foreground (guifg), background (guibg) and special
Bram Moolenaarcf4b00c2017-09-02 18:33:56 +02005750 (guisp) color to use in the GUI. "guisp" is used for undercurl and
5751 strikethrough.
Bram Moolenaar7df351e2006-01-23 22:30:28 +00005752 There are a few special names:
Bram Moolenaar938ae282023-02-20 20:44:55 +00005753 NONE no color (transparent) *E1361*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005754 bg use normal background color
5755 background use normal background color
5756 fg use normal foreground color
5757 foreground use normal foreground color
5758 To use a color name with an embedded space or other special character,
5759 put it in single quotes. The single quote cannot be used then.
5760 Example: >
5761 :hi comment guifg='salmon pink'
5762<
5763 *gui-colors*
5764 Suggested color names (these are available on most systems):
5765 Red LightRed DarkRed
5766 Green LightGreen DarkGreen SeaGreen
5767 Blue LightBlue DarkBlue SlateBlue
5768 Cyan LightCyan DarkCyan
5769 Magenta LightMagenta DarkMagenta
5770 Yellow LightYellow Brown DarkYellow
5771 Gray LightGray DarkGray
5772 Black White
5773 Orange Purple Violet
5774
5775 In the Win32 GUI version, additional system colors are available. See
5776 |win32-colors|.
5777
5778 You can also specify a color by its Red, Green and Blue values.
5779 The format is "#rrggbb", where
5780 "rr" is the Red value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005781 "gg" is the Green value
Bram Moolenaar5409c052005-03-18 20:27:04 +00005782 "bb" is the Blue value
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005783 All values are hexadecimal, range from "00" to "ff". Examples: >
Bram Moolenaar6ebe4f92022-10-28 20:47:54 +01005784 :highlight Comment guifg=#11f0c3 guibg=#ff00ff
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005785<
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +01005786 If you are authoring a color scheme and use the same hexadecimal value
h-east624bb832024-11-09 18:37:32 +01005787 repeatedly, you can define a (lower case) name for it in
5788 |v:colornames|. For example: >
Drew Vogele30d1022021-10-24 20:35:07 +01005789
5790 # provide a default value for this color but allow the user to
5791 # override it.
5792 :call extend(v:colornames, {'alt_turquoise': '#11f0c3'}, 'keep')
5793 :highlight Comment guifg=alt_turquoise guibg=magenta
5794<
5795 If you are using a color scheme that relies on named colors and you
5796 would like to adjust the precise appearance of those colors, you can
5797 do so by overriding the values in |v:colornames| prior to loading the
5798 scheme: >
5799
5800 let v:colornames['alt_turquoise'] = '#22f0d3'
5801 colorscheme alt
5802<
5803 If you want to develop a color list that can be relied on by others,
5804 it is best to prefix your color names. By convention these color lists
5805 are placed in the colors/lists directory. You can see an example in
5806 '$VIMRUNTIME/colors/lists/csscolors.vim'. This list would be sourced
5807 by a color scheme using: >
5808
5809 :runtime colors/lists/csscolors.vim
5810 :highlight Comment guifg=css_turquoise
5811<
5812
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005813 *highlight-groups* *highlight-default*
5814These are the default highlighting groups. These groups are used by the
5815'highlight' option default. Note that the highlighting depends on the value
5816of 'background'. You can see the current settings with the ":highlight"
5817command.
Bram Moolenaard899e512022-05-07 21:54:03 +01005818When possible the name is highlighted in the used colors. If this makes it
5819unreadable use Visual selection.
5820
Bram Moolenaar1a384422010-07-14 19:53:30 +02005821 *hl-ColorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005822ColorColumn Used for the columns set with 'colorcolumn'.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02005823 *hl-Conceal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005824Conceal Placeholder characters substituted for concealed
5825 text (see 'conceallevel').
Bram Moolenaardd60c362023-02-27 15:49:53 +00005826 *hl-Cursor* *hl-lCursor*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005827Cursor Character under the cursor.
5828lCursor Character under the cursor when |language-mapping|
5829 is used (see 'guicursor').
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005830 *hl-CursorIM*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005831CursorIM Like Cursor, but used when in IME mode. |CursorIM|
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005832 *hl-CursorColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005833CursorColumn Screen column that the cursor is in when 'cursorcolumn' is set.
Bram Moolenaar5316eee2006-03-12 22:11:10 +00005834 *hl-CursorLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005835CursorLine Screen line that the cursor is in when 'cursorline' is set.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005836 *hl-Directory*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005837Directory Directory names (and other special names in listings).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005838 *hl-DiffAdd*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005839DiffAdd Diff mode: Added line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005840 *hl-DiffChange*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005841DiffChange Diff mode: Changed line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005842 *hl-DiffDelete*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005843DiffDelete Diff mode: Deleted line. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005844 *hl-DiffText*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005845DiffText Diff mode: Changed text within a changed line. |diff.txt|
Yee Cheng Chin9943d472025-03-26 19:41:02 +01005846 *hl-DiffTextAdd*
5847DiffTextAdd Diff mode: Added text within a changed line. Linked to
5848 |hl-DiffText| by default. |diff.txt|
Bram Moolenaardc1f1642016-08-16 18:33:43 +02005849 *hl-EndOfBuffer*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005850EndOfBuffer Filler lines (~) after the last line in the buffer.
Bram Moolenaar58b85342016-08-14 19:54:54 +02005851 By default, this is highlighted like |hl-NonText|.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005852 *hl-ErrorMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005853ErrorMsg Error messages on the command line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005854 *hl-VertSplit*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005855VertSplit Column separating vertically split windows.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005856 *hl-Folded*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005857Folded Line used for closed folds.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005858 *hl-FoldColumn*
5859FoldColumn 'foldcolumn'
5860 *hl-SignColumn*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005861SignColumn Column where |signs| are displayed.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005862 *hl-IncSearch*
5863IncSearch 'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005864 ":s///c".
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005865 *hl-LineNr*
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005866LineNr Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
Bram Moolenaar64486672010-05-16 15:46:46 +02005867 or 'relativenumber' option is set.
Bram Moolenaarefae76a2019-10-27 22:54:58 +01005868 *hl-LineNrAbove*
5869LineNrAbove Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5870 option is set, above the cursor line.
5871 *hl-LineNrBelow*
5872LineNrBelow Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
5873 option is set, below the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar61d35bd2012-03-28 20:51:51 +02005874 *hl-CursorLineNr*
Bram Moolenaar89a9c152021-08-29 21:55:35 +02005875CursorLineNr Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt'
5876 contains "number" or is "both", for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaare413ea02021-11-24 16:20:13 +00005877 *hl-CursorLineFold*
5878CursorLineFold Like FoldColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaar76db9e02022-11-09 21:21:04 +00005879 *hl-CursorLineSign*
5880CursorLineSign Like SignColumn when 'cursorline' is set for the cursor line.
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005881 *hl-MatchParen*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005882MatchParen Character under the cursor or just before it, if it
Bram Moolenaarfd2ac762006-03-01 22:09:21 +00005883 is a paired bracket, and its match. |pi_paren.txt|
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005884 *hl-MessageWindow*
Yee Cheng Chine700dde2025-02-20 21:58:21 +01005885MessageWindow Messages popup window used by `:echowindow`. Linked to
5886 |hl-WarningMsg| by default.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005887 *hl-ModeMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005888ModeMsg 'showmode' message (e.g., "-- INSERT --").
Shougo Matsushitabe2b03c2024-04-08 22:11:50 +02005889 *hl-MsgArea*
5890MsgArea Command-line area, also used for outputting messages, see also
5891 'cmdheight'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005892 *hl-MoreMsg*
5893MoreMsg |more-prompt|
5894 *hl-NonText*
Bram Moolenaarf269eab2022-10-03 18:04:35 +01005895NonText '@' at the end of the window, "<<<" at the start of the window
5896 for 'smoothscroll', characters from 'showbreak' and other
5897 characters that do not really exist in the text, such as the
5898 ">" displayed when a double-wide character doesn't fit at the
5899 end of the line.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005900 *hl-Normal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005901Normal Normal text.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005902 *hl-Pmenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005903Pmenu Popup menu: Normal item.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005904 *hl-PmenuSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005905PmenuSel Popup menu: Selected item.
Gianmaria Bajo6a7c7742023-03-10 16:35:53 +00005906 *hl-PmenuKind*
5907PmenuKind Popup menu: Normal item "kind".
5908 *hl-PmenuKindSel*
5909PmenuKindSel Popup menu: Selected item "kind".
5910 *hl-PmenuExtra*
5911PmenuExtra Popup menu: Normal item "extra text".
5912 *hl-PmenuExtraSel*
5913PmenuExtraSel Popup menu: Selected item "extra text".
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005914 *hl-PmenuSbar*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005915PmenuSbar Popup menu: Scrollbar.
Bram Moolenaar1c7715d2005-10-03 22:02:18 +00005916 *hl-PmenuThumb*
5917PmenuThumb Popup menu: Thumb of the scrollbar.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005918 *hl-PmenuMatch*
glepnir9eff3ee2025-01-11 16:47:34 +01005919PmenuMatch Popup menu: Matched text in normal item. Applied in
5920 combination with |hl-Pmenu|.
glepnir40c1c332024-06-11 19:37:04 +02005921 *hl-PmenuMatchSel*
glepnir9eff3ee2025-01-11 16:47:34 +01005922PmenuMatchSel Popup menu: Matched text in selected item. Applied in
5923 combination with |hl-PmenuSel|.
glepnir6a38aff2024-12-16 21:56:16 +01005924 *hl-ComplMatchIns*
5925ComplMatchIns Matched text of the currently inserted completion.
Yee Cheng Chine700dde2025-02-20 21:58:21 +01005926 *hl-PopupSelected*
5927PopupSelected Popup window created with |popup_menu()|. Linked to
5928 |hl-PmenuSel| by default.
Bram Moolenaar9b03d3e2022-08-30 20:26:34 +01005929 *hl-PopupNotification*
5930PopupNotification
Yee Cheng Chine700dde2025-02-20 21:58:21 +01005931 Popup window created with |popup_notification()|. Linked to
5932 |hl-WarningMsg| by default.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005933 *hl-Question*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005934Question |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions.
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005935 *hl-QuickFixLine*
5936QuickFixLine Current |quickfix| item in the quickfix window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005937 *hl-Search*
5938Search Last search pattern highlighting (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar74675a62017-07-15 13:53:23 +02005939 Also used for similar items that need to stand out.
LemonBoya4399382022-04-09 21:04:08 +01005940 *hl-CurSearch*
5941CurSearch Current match for the last search pattern (see 'hlsearch').
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005942 Note: This is correct after a search, but may get outdated if
5943 changes are made or the screen is redrawn.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005944 *hl-SpecialKey*
5945SpecialKey Meta and special keys listed with ":map", also for text used
5946 to show unprintable characters in the text, 'listchars'.
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005947 Generally: Text that is displayed differently from what it
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005948 really is.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005949 *hl-SpellBad*
5950SpellBad Word that is not recognized by the spellchecker. |spell|
5951 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar53180ce2005-07-05 21:48:14 +00005952 *hl-SpellCap*
5953SpellCap Word that should start with a capital. |spell|
5954 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar217ad922005-03-20 22:37:15 +00005955 *hl-SpellLocal*
5956SpellLocal Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5957 used in another region. |spell|
5958 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
5959 *hl-SpellRare*
5960SpellRare Word that is recognized by the spellchecker as one that is
5961 hardly ever used. |spell|
5962 This will be combined with the highlighting used otherwise.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005963 *hl-StatusLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005964StatusLine Status line of current window.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005965 *hl-StatusLineNC*
5966StatusLineNC status lines of not-current windows
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005967 Note: If this is equal to "StatusLine", Vim will use "^^^" in
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005968 the status line of the current window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005969 *hl-StatusLineTerm*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005970StatusLineTerm Status line of current window, if it is a |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaar40962ec2018-01-28 22:47:25 +01005971 *hl-StatusLineTermNC*
Bram Moolenaar6ba83ba2022-06-12 22:15:57 +01005972StatusLineTermNC Status lines of not-current windows that is a
5973 |terminal| window.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005974 *hl-TabLine*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005975TabLine Tab pages line, not active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005976 *hl-TabLineFill*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005977TabLineFill Tab pages line, where there are no labels.
Bram Moolenaarfaa959a2006-02-20 21:37:40 +00005978 *hl-TabLineSel*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005979TabLineSel Tab pages line, active tab page label.
Bram Moolenaardf980db2017-12-24 13:22:00 +01005980 *hl-Terminal*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005981Terminal |terminal| window (see |terminal-size-color|).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005982 *hl-Title*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005983Title Titles for output from ":set all", ":autocmd" etc.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005984 *hl-Visual*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005985Visual Visual mode selection.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005986 *hl-VisualNOS*
5987VisualNOS Visual mode selection when vim is "Not Owning the Selection".
5988 Only X11 Gui's |gui-x11| and |xterm-clipboard| supports this.
5989 *hl-WarningMsg*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005990WarningMsg Warning messages.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005991 *hl-WildMenu*
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01005992WildMenu Current match in 'wildmenu' completion.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005993
Bram Moolenaarf75a9632005-09-13 21:20:47 +00005994 *hl-User1* *hl-User1..9* *hl-User9*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005995The 'statusline' syntax allows the use of 9 different highlights in the
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00005996statusline and ruler (via 'rulerformat'). The names are User1 to User9.
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005997
Bram Moolenaar8c8de832008-06-24 22:58:06 +00005998For the GUI you can use the following groups to set the colors for the menu,
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00005999scrollbars and tooltips. They don't have defaults. This doesn't work for the
6000Win32 GUI. Only three highlight arguments have any effect here: font, guibg,
6001and guifg.
6002
6003 *hl-Menu*
6004Menu Current font, background and foreground colors of the menus.
6005 Also used for the toolbar.
6006 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
6007
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01006008 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006009 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
6010 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
6011 set.
6012
6013 *hl-Scrollbar*
6014Scrollbar Current background and foreground of the main window's
6015 scrollbars.
6016 Applicable highlight arguments: guibg, guifg.
6017
6018 *hl-Tooltip*
6019Tooltip Current font, background and foreground of the tooltips.
6020 Applicable highlight arguments: font, guibg, guifg.
6021
Bram Moolenaarcbaff5e2022-04-08 17:45:08 +01006022 NOTE: For Motif the font argument actually
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006023 specifies a fontset at all times, no matter if 'guifontset' is
6024 empty, and as such it is tied to the current |:language| when
6025 set.
6026
6027==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100602815. Linking groups *:hi-link* *:highlight-link* *E412* *E413*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006029
6030When you want to use the same highlighting for several syntax groups, you
6031can do this more easily by linking the groups into one common highlight
6032group, and give the color attributes only for that group.
6033
6034To set a link:
6035
6036 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} {to-group}
6037
6038To remove a link:
6039
6040 :hi[ghlight][!] [default] link {from-group} NONE
6041
6042Notes: *E414*
6043- If the {from-group} and/or {to-group} doesn't exist, it is created. You
6044 don't get an error message for a non-existing group.
6045- As soon as you use a ":highlight" command for a linked group, the link is
6046 removed.
6047- If there are already highlight settings for the {from-group}, the link is
6048 not made, unless the '!' is given. For a ":highlight link" command in a
6049 sourced file, you don't get an error message. This can be used to skip
6050 links for groups that already have settings.
6051
6052 *:hi-default* *:highlight-default*
6053The [default] argument is used for setting the default highlighting for a
6054group. If highlighting has already been specified for the group the command
6055will be ignored. Also when there is an existing link.
6056
6057Using [default] is especially useful to overrule the highlighting of a
6058specific syntax file. For example, the C syntax file contains: >
6059 :highlight default link cComment Comment
6060If you like Question highlighting for C comments, put this in your vimrc file: >
6061 :highlight link cComment Question
6062Without the "default" in the C syntax file, the highlighting would be
6063overruled when the syntax file is loaded.
6064
Bram Moolenaar23515b42020-11-29 14:36:24 +01006065To have a link survive `:highlight clear`, which is useful if you have
6066highlighting for a specific filetype and you want to keep it when selecting
6067another color scheme, put a command like this in the
6068"after/syntax/{filetype}.vim" file: >
6069 highlight! default link cComment Question
6070
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006071==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100607216. Cleaning up *:syn-clear* *E391*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006073
6074If you want to clear the syntax stuff for the current buffer, you can use this
6075command: >
6076 :syntax clear
6077
6078This command should be used when you want to switch off syntax highlighting,
6079or when you want to switch to using another syntax. It's normally not needed
6080in a syntax file itself, because syntax is cleared by the autocommands that
6081load the syntax file.
6082The command also deletes the "b:current_syntax" variable, since no syntax is
6083loaded after this command.
6084
Bram Moolenaar61da1bf2019-06-06 12:14:49 +02006085To clean up specific syntax groups for the current buffer: >
6086 :syntax clear {group-name} ..
6087This removes all patterns and keywords for {group-name}.
6088
6089To clean up specific syntax group lists for the current buffer: >
6090 :syntax clear @{grouplist-name} ..
6091This sets {grouplist-name}'s contents to an empty list.
6092
6093 *:syntax-off* *:syn-off*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006094If you want to disable syntax highlighting for all buffers, you need to remove
6095the autocommands that load the syntax files: >
6096 :syntax off
6097
6098What this command actually does, is executing the command >
6099 :source $VIMRUNTIME/syntax/nosyntax.vim
6100See the "nosyntax.vim" file for details. Note that for this to work
6101$VIMRUNTIME must be valid. See |$VIMRUNTIME|.
6102
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006103 *:syntax-reset* *:syn-reset*
6104If you have changed the colors and messed them up, use this command to get the
6105defaults back: >
6106
6107 :syntax reset
6108
Bram Moolenaar03413f42016-04-12 21:07:15 +02006109It is a bit of a wrong name, since it does not reset any syntax items, it only
6110affects the highlighting.
6111
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006112This doesn't change the colors for the 'highlight' option.
6113
6114Note that the syntax colors that you set in your vimrc file will also be reset
6115back to their Vim default.
6116Note that if you are using a color scheme, the colors defined by the color
6117scheme for syntax highlighting will be lost.
6118
6119What this actually does is: >
6120
6121 let g:syntax_cmd = "reset"
6122 runtime! syntax/syncolor.vim
6123
6124Note that this uses the 'runtimepath' option.
6125
6126 *syncolor*
6127If you want to use different colors for syntax highlighting, you can add a Vim
6128script file to set these colors. Put this file in a directory in
6129'runtimepath' which comes after $VIMRUNTIME, so that your settings overrule
6130the default colors. This way these colors will be used after the ":syntax
6131reset" command.
6132
6133For Unix you can use the file ~/.vim/after/syntax/syncolor.vim. Example: >
6134
6135 if &background == "light"
6136 highlight comment ctermfg=darkgreen guifg=darkgreen
6137 else
6138 highlight comment ctermfg=green guifg=green
6139 endif
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006140<
Bram Moolenaarc0197e22004-09-13 20:26:32 +00006141 *E679*
6142Do make sure this syncolor.vim script does not use a "syntax on", set the
6143'background' option or uses a "colorscheme" command, because it results in an
6144endless loop.
6145
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006146Note that when a color scheme is used, there might be some confusion whether
6147your defined colors are to be used or the colors from the scheme. This
6148depends on the color scheme file. See |:colorscheme|.
6149
6150 *syntax_cmd*
6151The "syntax_cmd" variable is set to one of these values when the
6152syntax/syncolor.vim files are loaded:
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006153 "on" `:syntax on` command. Highlight colors are overruled but
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006154 links are kept
Bram Moolenaar88a42052021-11-21 21:13:36 +00006155 "enable" `:syntax enable` command. Only define colors for groups that
6156 don't have highlighting yet. Use `:highlight default` .
6157 "reset" `:syntax reset` command or loading a color scheme. Define all
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006158 the colors.
6159 "skip" Don't define colors. Used to skip the default settings when a
6160 syncolor.vim file earlier in 'runtimepath' has already set
6161 them.
6162
6163==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100616417. Highlighting tags *tag-highlight*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006165
6166If you want to highlight all the tags in your file, you can use the following
6167mappings.
6168
6169 <F11> -- Generate tags.vim file, and highlight tags.
6170 <F12> -- Just highlight tags based on existing tags.vim file.
6171>
6172 :map <F11> :sp tags<CR>:%s/^\([^ :]*:\)\=\([^ ]*\).*/syntax keyword Tag \2/<CR>:wq! tags.vim<CR>/^<CR><F12>
6173 :map <F12> :so tags.vim<CR>
6174
6175WARNING: The longer the tags file, the slower this will be, and the more
6176memory Vim will consume.
6177
6178Only highlighting typedefs, unions and structs can be done too. For this you
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006179must use Universal Ctags (found at https://ctags.io) or Exuberant ctags (found
6180at http://ctags.sf.net).
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006181
6182Put these lines in your Makefile:
6183
Bram Moolenaar47c532e2022-03-19 15:18:53 +00006184# Make a highlight file for types. Requires Universal/Exuberant ctags and awk
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006185types: types.vim
6186types.vim: *.[ch]
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006187 ctags --c-kinds=gstu -o- *.[ch] |\
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006188 awk 'BEGIN{printf("syntax keyword Type\t")}\
6189 {printf("%s ", $$1)}END{print ""}' > $@
6190
6191And put these lines in your .vimrc: >
6192
6193 " load the types.vim highlighting file, if it exists
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006194 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] let fname = expand('<afile>:p:h') .. '/types.vim'
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006195 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] if filereadable(fname)
Bram Moolenaarc51cf032022-02-26 12:25:45 +00006196 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] exe 'so ' .. fname
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006197 autocmd BufRead,BufNewFile *.[ch] endif
6198
6199==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100620018. Window-local syntax *:ownsyntax*
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006201
6202Normally all windows on a buffer share the same syntax settings. It is
6203possible, however, to set a particular window on a file to have its own
6204private syntax setting. A possible example would be to edit LaTeX source
6205with conventional highlighting in one window, while seeing the same source
6206highlighted differently (so as to hide control sequences and indicate bold,
6207italic etc regions) in another. The 'scrollbind' option is useful here.
6208
6209To set the current window to have the syntax "foo", separately from all other
6210windows on the buffer: >
6211 :ownsyntax foo
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006212< *w:current_syntax*
6213This will set the "w:current_syntax" variable to "foo". The value of
6214"b:current_syntax" does not change. This is implemented by saving and
6215restoring "b:current_syntax", since the syntax files do set
6216"b:current_syntax". The value set by the syntax file is assigned to
6217"w:current_syntax".
zeertzjq19be0eb2024-10-22 21:36:45 +02006218Note: This resets the 'spell', 'spellcapcheck', 'spellfile' and 'spelloptions'
6219options.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006220
6221Once a window has its own syntax, syntax commands executed from other windows
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006222on the same buffer (including :syntax clear) have no effect. Conversely,
Bram Moolenaarbf884932013-04-05 22:26:15 +02006223syntax commands executed from that window do not affect other windows on the
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006224same buffer.
6225
Bram Moolenaardebe25a2010-06-06 17:41:24 +02006226A window with its own syntax reverts to normal behavior when another buffer
6227is loaded into that window or the file is reloaded.
6228When splitting the window, the new window will use the original syntax.
Bram Moolenaar860cae12010-06-05 23:22:07 +02006229
6230==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100623119. Color xterms *xterm-color* *color-xterm*
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006232
6233Most color xterms have only eight colors. If you don't get colors with the
6234default setup, it should work with these lines in your .vimrc: >
6235 :if &term =~ "xterm"
6236 : if has("terminfo")
6237 : set t_Co=8
6238 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%p1%dm
6239 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%p1%dm
6240 : else
6241 : set t_Co=8
6242 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6243 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6244 : endif
6245 :endif
6246< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6247
6248You might want to change the first "if" to match the name of your terminal,
6249e.g. "dtterm" instead of "xterm".
6250
6251Note: Do these settings BEFORE doing ":syntax on". Otherwise the colors may
6252be wrong.
6253 *xiterm* *rxvt*
6254The above settings have been mentioned to work for xiterm and rxvt too.
6255But for using 16 colors in an rxvt these should work with terminfo: >
6256 :set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t25;%p1%{40}%+%e5;%p1%{32}%+%;%dm
6257 :set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t22;%p1%{30}%+%e1;%p1%{22}%+%;%dm
6258<
6259 *colortest.vim*
6260To test your color setup, a file has been included in the Vim distribution.
Bram Moolenaarf740b292006-02-16 22:11:02 +00006261To use it, execute this command: >
6262 :runtime syntax/colortest.vim
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006263
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006264Some versions of xterm (and other terminals, like the Linux console) can
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006265output lighter foreground colors, even though the number of colors is defined
6266at 8. Therefore Vim sets the "cterm=bold" attribute for light foreground
6267colors, when 't_Co' is 8.
6268
6269 *xfree-xterm*
6270To get 16 colors or more, get the newest xterm version (which should be
Bram Moolenaar13fcaaf2005-04-15 21:13:42 +00006271included with XFree86 3.3 and later). You can also find the latest version
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006272at: >
6273 http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
6274Here is a good way to configure it. This uses 88 colors and enables the
6275termcap-query feature, which allows Vim to ask the xterm how many colors it
6276supports. >
6277 ./configure --disable-bold-color --enable-88-color --enable-tcap-query
6278If you only get 8 colors, check the xterm compilation settings.
6279(Also see |UTF8-xterm| for using this xterm with UTF-8 character encoding).
6280
6281This xterm should work with these lines in your .vimrc (for 16 colors): >
6282 :if has("terminfo")
6283 : set t_Co=16
6284 : set t_AB=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{92}%+%;%dm
6285 : set t_AF=<Esc>[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{82}%+%;%dm
6286 :else
6287 : set t_Co=16
6288 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[3%dm
6289 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[4%dm
6290 :endif
6291< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6292
6293Without |+terminfo|, Vim will recognize these settings, and automatically
6294translate cterm colors of 8 and above to "<Esc>[9%dm" and "<Esc>[10%dm".
6295Colors above 16 are also translated automatically.
6296
6297For 256 colors this has been reported to work: >
6298
6299 :set t_AB=<Esc>[48;5;%dm
6300 :set t_AF=<Esc>[38;5;%dm
6301
6302Or just set the TERM environment variable to "xterm-color" or "xterm-16color"
6303and try if that works.
6304
6305You probably want to use these X resources (in your ~/.Xdefaults file):
6306 XTerm*color0: #000000
6307 XTerm*color1: #c00000
6308 XTerm*color2: #008000
6309 XTerm*color3: #808000
6310 XTerm*color4: #0000c0
6311 XTerm*color5: #c000c0
6312 XTerm*color6: #008080
6313 XTerm*color7: #c0c0c0
6314 XTerm*color8: #808080
6315 XTerm*color9: #ff6060
6316 XTerm*color10: #00ff00
6317 XTerm*color11: #ffff00
6318 XTerm*color12: #8080ff
6319 XTerm*color13: #ff40ff
6320 XTerm*color14: #00ffff
6321 XTerm*color15: #ffffff
6322 Xterm*cursorColor: Black
6323
6324[Note: The cursorColor is required to work around a bug, which changes the
6325cursor color to the color of the last drawn text. This has been fixed by a
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006326newer version of xterm, but not everybody is using it yet.]
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006327
6328To get these right away, reload the .Xdefaults file to the X Option database
6329Manager (you only need to do this when you just changed the .Xdefaults file): >
6330 xrdb -merge ~/.Xdefaults
6331<
6332 *xterm-blink* *xterm-blinking-cursor*
6333To make the cursor blink in an xterm, see tools/blink.c. Or use Thomas
6334Dickey's xterm above patchlevel 107 (see above for where to get it), with
6335these resources:
6336 XTerm*cursorBlink: on
6337 XTerm*cursorOnTime: 400
6338 XTerm*cursorOffTime: 250
6339 XTerm*cursorColor: White
6340
6341 *hpterm-color*
Bram Moolenaarc81e5e72007-05-05 18:24:42 +00006342These settings work (more or less) for an hpterm, which only supports 8
Bram Moolenaar071d4272004-06-13 20:20:40 +00006343foreground colors: >
6344 :if has("terminfo")
6345 : set t_Co=8
6346 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%p1%dS
6347 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6348 :else
6349 : set t_Co=8
6350 : set t_Sf=<Esc>[&v%dS
6351 : set t_Sb=<Esc>[&v7S
6352 :endif
6353< [<Esc> is a real escape, type CTRL-V <Esc>]
6354
6355 *Eterm* *enlightened-terminal*
6356These settings have been reported to work for the Enlightened terminal
6357emulator, or Eterm. They might work for all xterm-like terminals that use the
6358bold attribute to get bright colors. Add an ":if" like above when needed. >
6359 :set t_Co=16
6360 :set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t3%p1%d%e%p1%{22}%+%d;1%;m
6361 :set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t4%p1%d%e%p1%{32}%+%d;1%;m
6362<
6363 *TTpro-telnet*
6364These settings should work for TTpro telnet. Tera Term Pro is a freeware /
6365open-source program for MS-Windows. >
6366 set t_Co=16
6367 set t_AB=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{40}%+%e%p1%{32}%+5;%;%dm
6368 set t_AF=^[[%?%p1%{8}%<%t%p1%{30}%+%e%p1%{22}%+1;%;%dm
6369Also make sure TTpro's Setup / Window / Full Color is enabled, and make sure
6370that Setup / Font / Enable Bold is NOT enabled.
6371(info provided by John Love-Jensen <eljay@Adobe.COM>)
6372
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006373
6374==============================================================================
Bram Moolenaar2d8ed022022-05-21 13:08:16 +0100637520. When syntax is slow *:syntime*
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006376
6377This is aimed at authors of a syntax file.
6378
6379If your syntax causes redrawing to be slow, here are a few hints on making it
6380faster. To see slowness switch on some features that usually interfere, such
6381as 'relativenumber' and |folding|.
6382
Bram Moolenaar3f32a5f2022-05-12 20:34:15 +01006383Note: This is only available when compiled with the |+profile| feature.
Bram Moolenaar203d04d2013-06-06 21:36:40 +02006384You many need to build Vim with "huge" features.
6385
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006386To find out what patterns are consuming most time, get an overview with this
6387sequence: >
6388 :syntime on
6389 [ redraw the text at least once with CTRL-L ]
6390 :syntime report
6391
6392This will display a list of syntax patterns that were used, sorted by the time
6393it took to match them against the text.
6394
6395:syntime on Start measuring syntax times. This will add some
6396 overhead to compute the time spent on syntax pattern
6397 matching.
6398
6399:syntime off Stop measuring syntax times.
6400
6401:syntime clear Set all the counters to zero, restart measuring.
6402
6403:syntime report Show the syntax items used since ":syntime on" in the
6404 current window. Use a wider display to see more of
6405 the output.
6406
6407 The list is sorted by total time. The columns are:
6408 TOTAL Total time in seconds spent on
6409 matching this pattern.
6410 COUNT Number of times the pattern was used.
6411 MATCH Number of times the pattern actually
6412 matched
6413 SLOWEST The longest time for one try.
6414 AVERAGE The average time for one try.
6415 NAME Name of the syntax item. Note that
6416 this is not unique.
6417 PATTERN The pattern being used.
6418
6419Pattern matching gets slow when it has to try many alternatives. Try to
6420include as much literal text as possible to reduce the number of ways a
6421pattern does NOT match.
6422
6423When using the "\@<=" and "\@<!" items, add a maximum size to avoid trying at
6424all positions in the current and previous line. For example, if the item is
6425literal text specify the size of that text (in bytes):
6426
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006427"<\@<=span" Matches "span" in "<span". This tries matching with "<" in
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006428 many places.
Bram Moolenaar56b45b92013-06-24 22:22:18 +02006429"<\@1<=span" Matches the same, but only tries one byte before "span".
Bram Moolenaar8a7f5a22013-06-06 14:01:46 +02006430
RestorerZf7a38652024-04-22 20:55:32 +02006431
Bram Moolenaar91f84f62018-07-29 15:07:52 +02006432 vim:tw=78:sw=4:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl: